2007-04-24 02:20:05 +07:00
|
|
|
#ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
|
|
|
|
#define __LINUX_NL80211_H
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* 802.11 netlink interface public header
|
|
|
|
*
|
2010-02-15 17:53:10 +07:00
|
|
|
* Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
|
2008-11-27 04:03:08 +07:00
|
|
|
* Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
|
|
|
|
* Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
|
2011-07-05 01:50:05 +07:00
|
|
|
* Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
|
2009-04-03 01:08:09 +07:00
|
|
|
* Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
|
2008-11-27 04:03:08 +07:00
|
|
|
* Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
|
|
|
|
* Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
|
|
|
|
* purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
|
|
|
|
* copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
|
|
|
|
* WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
|
|
|
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
|
|
|
|
* ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
|
|
|
|
* WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
|
|
|
|
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
|
|
|
|
* OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2007-04-24 02:20:05 +07:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2009-05-12 01:57:56 +07:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/types.h>
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-29 06:22:06 +07:00
|
|
|
#define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-19 08:03:34 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* DOC: Station handling
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
|
|
|
|
* interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
|
|
|
|
* into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
|
|
|
|
* The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
|
|
|
|
* to.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2013-02-15 06:48:33 +07:00
|
|
|
* Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
|
|
|
|
* capabilities.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
|
|
|
|
* and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
|
|
|
|
* - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
|
|
|
|
* or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
|
|
|
|
* - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
|
|
|
|
* to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
|
|
|
|
* time mark it authorized.
|
|
|
|
* - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
|
|
|
|
* - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
|
|
|
|
* the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* TODO: need more info for other interface types
|
2007-12-19 08:03:34 +07:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-12 20:38:38 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
|
|
|
|
* management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
|
|
|
|
* that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
|
|
|
|
* certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
|
|
|
|
* for various reasons.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
|
|
|
|
* cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
|
|
|
|
* specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
|
|
|
|
* certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
|
|
|
|
* that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
|
|
|
|
* driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
|
|
|
|
* for doing that.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
|
|
|
|
* driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
|
|
|
|
* attributes so applications know what to expect.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
|
|
|
|
* these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
|
|
|
|
* changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
|
|
|
|
* lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
|
|
|
|
* any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
|
|
|
|
* will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
|
|
|
|
* responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
|
|
|
|
* but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
|
|
|
|
* status is indicated to the sending socket.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
|
|
|
|
* below.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-13 15:58:57 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
|
|
|
|
* more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
|
|
|
|
* is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
|
|
|
|
* on the types of concurrency that are supported.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
|
|
|
|
* the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
|
|
|
|
* types there no concurrency is implied.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
|
|
|
|
* To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
|
|
|
|
* software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
|
|
|
|
* an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
|
|
|
|
* are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
|
|
|
|
* cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
|
|
|
|
* is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
|
|
|
|
* in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
|
|
|
|
* it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
|
|
|
|
* interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
|
|
|
|
* the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
|
|
|
|
* on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
|
|
|
|
* and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
|
|
|
|
* some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
|
|
|
|
* interfaces that a given device supports.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2013-06-29 01:51:26 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* DOC: packet coalesce support
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
|
|
|
|
* packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
|
|
|
|
* reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
|
|
|
|
* and power consumption.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
|
|
|
|
* to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
|
|
|
|
* predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
|
|
|
|
* following events occur.
|
|
|
|
* a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
|
|
|
|
* coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
|
|
|
|
* b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
|
|
|
|
* c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
|
|
|
|
* rule.
|
|
|
|
* a) Maximum coalescing delay
|
|
|
|
* b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
|
|
|
|
* c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
|
|
|
|
* Multiple such rules can be created.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2007-09-21 00:09:35 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
|
|
|
|
* to get a list of all present wiphys.
|
2008-10-30 21:59:24 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
|
2008-11-26 21:15:24 +07:00
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
|
2012-11-09 05:14:50 +07:00
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the
|
|
|
|
* attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting
|
|
|
|
* monitor mode channel), %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
|
2009-04-20 23:39:05 +07:00
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
|
|
|
|
* and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.
|
cfg80211/mac80211: better channel handling
Currently (all tested with hwsim) you can do stupid
things like setting up an AP on a certain channel,
then adding another virtual interface and making
that associate on another channel -- this will make
the beaconing to move channel but obviously without
the necessary IEs data update.
In order to improve this situation, first make the
configuration APIs (cfg80211 and nl80211) aware of
multi-channel operation -- we'll eventually need
that in the future anyway. There's one userland API
change and one API addition. The API change is that
now SET_WIPHY must be called with virtual interface
index rather than only wiphy index in order to take
effect for that interface -- luckily all current
users (hostapd) do that. For monitor interfaces, the
old setting is preserved, but monitors are always
slaved to other devices anyway so no guarantees.
The second userland API change is the introduction
of a per virtual interface SET_CHANNEL command, that
hostapd should use going forward to make it easier
to understand what's going on (it can automatically
detect a kernel with this command).
Other than mac80211, no existing cfg80211 drivers
are affected by this change because they only allow
a single virtual interface.
mac80211, however, now needs to be aware that the
channel settings are per interface now, and needs
to disallow (for now) real multi-channel operation,
which is another important part of this patch.
One of the immediate benefits is that you can now
start hostapd to operate on a hardware that already
has a connection on another virtual interface, as
long as you specify the same channel.
Note that two things are left unhandled (this is an
improvement -- not a complete fix):
* different HT/no-HT modes
currently you could start an HT AP and then
connect to a non-HT network on the same channel
which would configure the hardware for no HT;
that can be fixed fairly easily
* CSA
An AP we're connected to on a virtual interface
might indicate switching channels, and in that
case we would follow it, regardless of how many
other interfaces are operating; this requires
more effort to fix but is pretty rare after all
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-05 20:25:02 +07:00
|
|
|
* However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL
|
|
|
|
* instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only.
|
2007-09-21 00:09:35 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
|
|
|
|
* or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
|
|
|
|
* either a dump request on a %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or a specific get
|
|
|
|
* on an %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
|
|
|
|
* to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
|
|
|
|
* be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
|
|
|
|
* then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
|
|
|
|
* userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
|
|
|
|
* attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2007-12-19 08:03:29 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
|
|
|
|
* by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
|
2009-01-08 18:32:02 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
|
2007-12-19 08:03:29 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
|
2009-05-12 01:57:58 +07:00
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
|
|
|
|
* and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
|
2007-12-19 08:03:29 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
|
|
|
|
* or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2012-02-13 21:17:18 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
|
|
|
|
* using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
|
|
|
|
* attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
|
|
|
|
* internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
|
|
|
|
* are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
|
|
|
|
* do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
|
2011-08-11 03:54:35 +07:00
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
|
2012-03-02 17:20:02 +07:00
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
|
2013-01-18 12:48:45 +07:00
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
|
2012-05-17 04:50:18 +07:00
|
|
|
* The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
|
2012-11-09 05:14:50 +07:00
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width.
|
2012-02-13 21:17:18 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
|
2007-12-19 08:03:32 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2007-12-19 08:03:34 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
|
|
|
|
* the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
|
|
|
|
* or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
|
2014-10-20 17:20:45 +07:00
|
|
|
* by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
|
|
|
|
* of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
|
|
|
|
* (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
|
|
|
|
* frame).
|
2007-12-19 08:03:34 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2008-02-23 21:17:06 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
|
|
|
|
* destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
|
|
|
|
* destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
|
2011-01-07 04:36:46 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
|
2008-02-23 21:17:06 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
|
|
|
|
* the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
|
|
|
|
* or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
|
|
|
|
* by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
|
2008-08-08 00:07:01 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
|
2008-02-23 21:17:06 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2009-01-31 00:26:42 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
|
2014-12-16 00:25:59 +07:00
|
|
|
* regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
|
|
|
|
* has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
|
|
|
|
* global regdomain will be returned.
|
|
|
|
* A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
|
|
|
|
* regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
|
|
|
|
* information will still be mended according to further hints from
|
|
|
|
* the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
|
|
|
|
* is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
|
|
|
|
* all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
|
2014-12-16 00:26:01 +07:00
|
|
|
* If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
|
|
|
|
* its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
|
|
|
|
* core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
|
2008-09-10 13:19:48 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
|
|
|
|
* after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
|
|
|
|
* domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
|
|
|
|
* current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
|
|
|
|
* NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
|
|
|
|
* regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
|
2010-05-18 18:44:54 +07:00
|
|
|
* to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
|
2008-09-10 13:19:48 +07:00
|
|
|
* store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2010-12-17 08:37:48 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
|
2008-10-22 02:03:48 +07:00
|
|
|
* interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
|
|
|
|
*
|
2010-12-17 08:37:48 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
|
2008-10-22 02:03:48 +07:00
|
|
|
* interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
|
|
|
|
*
|
2009-01-13 21:03:29 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
|
|
|
|
* interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
|
|
|
|
* frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
|
|
|
|
* added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
|
|
|
|
* added to all specified management frames generated by
|
|
|
|
* kernel/firmware/driver.
|
2009-03-21 02:21:16 +07:00
|
|
|
* Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
|
|
|
|
* point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
|
|
|
|
* command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
|
|
|
|
* option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
|
|
|
|
* NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
|
|
|
|
* NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
|
2009-01-13 21:03:29 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2009-02-11 03:25:55 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
|
2011-09-25 16:23:30 +07:00
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
|
|
|
|
* probe requests at CCK rate or not.
|
2009-02-11 03:25:55 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
|
|
|
|
* NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
|
|
|
|
* partial scan results may be available
|
|
|
|
*
|
2011-05-11 21:09:37 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
|
|
|
|
* intervals, as specified by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL.
|
|
|
|
* Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
|
|
|
|
* are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
|
|
|
|
* broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
|
|
|
|
* string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
|
|
|
|
* a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
|
|
|
|
* if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
|
|
|
|
* passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
|
|
|
|
* are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
|
|
|
|
* using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute.
|
2014-02-13 23:16:10 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
|
|
|
|
* scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
|
|
|
|
* as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
|
2011-05-11 21:09:35 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
|
|
|
|
* results available.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
|
|
|
|
* stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
|
|
|
|
* scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
|
|
|
|
* does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
|
|
|
|
* a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
|
|
|
|
* is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2009-11-11 18:25:40 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
|
|
|
|
* or noise level
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
|
|
|
|
* NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
|
|
|
|
*
|
2012-06-13 16:17:14 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
|
|
|
|
* (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
|
|
|
|
* (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2009-03-10 09:07:42 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
|
|
|
|
* has been changed and provides details of the request information
|
|
|
|
* that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
|
|
|
|
* (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
|
|
|
|
* (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
|
|
|
|
* the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
|
|
|
|
* set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
|
|
|
|
* to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
|
2009-04-03 01:08:09 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
|
|
|
|
* has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
|
|
|
|
* any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
|
|
|
|
* where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
|
|
|
|
* if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
|
|
|
|
* driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
|
|
|
|
* doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
|
|
|
|
* on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
|
|
|
|
* or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
|
|
|
|
* never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
|
|
|
|
* enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
|
|
|
|
* either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
|
|
|
|
* userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
|
|
|
|
* (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
|
|
|
|
* before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
|
|
|
|
* the beacon hint was processed.
|
2009-03-10 09:07:42 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2009-03-19 18:39:22 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
|
|
|
|
* This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
|
|
|
|
* as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
|
|
|
|
* authentication process.
|
|
|
|
* When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
|
|
|
|
* interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
|
|
|
|
* BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
|
|
|
|
* the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
|
|
|
|
* request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
|
|
|
|
* to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
|
|
|
|
* is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to
|
|
|
|
* define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs)
|
|
|
|
* to be added to the frame.
|
|
|
|
* When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
|
nl80211: Event notifications for MLME events
Add new nl80211 event notifications (and a new multicast group, "mlme")
for informing user space about received and processed Authentication,
(Re)Association Response, Deauthentication, and Disassociation frames in
station and IBSS modes (i.e., MLME SAP interface primitives
MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm, MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm,
MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm, MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indicate, and
MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication). The event data is encapsulated as the 802.11
management frame since we already have the frame in that format and it
includes all the needed information.
This is the initial step in providing MLME SAP interface for
authentication and association with nl80211. In other words, kernel code
will act as the MLME and a user space application can control it as the
SME.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-03-19 18:39:21 +07:00
|
|
|
* frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
|
|
|
|
* frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
|
|
|
|
* state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
|
|
|
|
* MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
|
2009-04-23 01:38:25 +07:00
|
|
|
* included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
|
|
|
|
* (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
|
|
|
|
* also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
|
|
|
|
* case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
|
|
|
|
* pending authentication timed out).
|
2009-03-19 18:39:22 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
|
|
|
|
* NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
|
|
|
|
* (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
|
|
|
|
* MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives).
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
|
nl80211: Event notifications for MLME events
Add new nl80211 event notifications (and a new multicast group, "mlme")
for informing user space about received and processed Authentication,
(Re)Association Response, Deauthentication, and Disassociation frames in
station and IBSS modes (i.e., MLME SAP interface primitives
MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm, MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm,
MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm, MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indicate, and
MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication). The event data is encapsulated as the 802.11
management frame since we already have the frame in that format and it
includes all the needed information.
This is the initial step in providing MLME SAP interface for
authentication and association with nl80211. In other words, kernel code
will act as the MLME and a user space application can control it as the
SME.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-03-19 18:39:21 +07:00
|
|
|
* NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
|
2009-03-19 18:39:22 +07:00
|
|
|
* MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
|
|
|
|
* primitives).
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
|
nl80211: Event notifications for MLME events
Add new nl80211 event notifications (and a new multicast group, "mlme")
for informing user space about received and processed Authentication,
(Re)Association Response, Deauthentication, and Disassociation frames in
station and IBSS modes (i.e., MLME SAP interface primitives
MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm, MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm,
MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm, MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indicate, and
MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication). The event data is encapsulated as the 802.11
management frame since we already have the frame in that format and it
includes all the needed information.
This is the initial step in providing MLME SAP interface for
authentication and association with nl80211. In other words, kernel code
will act as the MLME and a user space application can control it as the
SME.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-03-19 18:39:21 +07:00
|
|
|
* NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
|
2009-03-19 18:39:22 +07:00
|
|
|
* MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
|
nl80211: Event notifications for MLME events
Add new nl80211 event notifications (and a new multicast group, "mlme")
for informing user space about received and processed Authentication,
(Re)Association Response, Deauthentication, and Disassociation frames in
station and IBSS modes (i.e., MLME SAP interface primitives
MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm, MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm,
MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm, MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indicate, and
MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication). The event data is encapsulated as the 802.11
management frame since we already have the frame in that format and it
includes all the needed information.
This is the initial step in providing MLME SAP interface for
authentication and association with nl80211. In other words, kernel code
will act as the MLME and a user space application can control it as the
SME.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-03-19 18:39:21 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2009-03-28 02:59:49 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
|
|
|
|
* MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
|
|
|
|
* event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
|
|
|
|
* the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
|
|
|
|
* type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
|
|
|
|
* event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
|
|
|
|
*
|
2009-04-20 02:24:32 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
|
|
|
|
* FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
|
|
|
|
* and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
|
|
|
|
* should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
|
|
|
|
* executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
|
2009-04-22 22:45:38 +07:00
|
|
|
* may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
|
|
|
|
* given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
|
|
|
|
* given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
|
2009-04-20 02:24:32 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
|
|
|
|
* determined by the network interface.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2009-07-02 02:26:51 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
|
|
|
|
* to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
|
|
|
|
* to the driver.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2009-07-02 02:26:54 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
|
|
|
|
* requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
|
|
|
|
* auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
|
2013-01-15 22:15:57 +07:00
|
|
|
* IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
|
2014-01-15 05:00:47 +07:00
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
|
|
|
|
* If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
|
|
|
|
* restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
|
|
|
|
* within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
|
|
|
|
* can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
|
|
|
|
* allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
|
|
|
|
* ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
|
|
|
|
* set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
|
2012-03-07 18:57:12 +07:00
|
|
|
* Background scan period can optionally be
|
|
|
|
* specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
|
|
|
|
* if not specified default background scan configuration
|
|
|
|
* in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
|
|
|
|
* This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
|
2009-07-02 02:26:54 +07:00
|
|
|
* It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
|
|
|
|
* connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
|
|
|
|
* determined by the STATUS_CODE attribute.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: request that the card roam (currently not implemented),
|
|
|
|
* sent as an event when the card/driver roamed by itself.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
|
|
|
|
* userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
|
|
|
|
* reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2009-07-14 05:33:35 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
|
|
|
|
* associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2009-12-23 19:15:41 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
|
|
|
|
* channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
|
|
|
|
* off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
|
|
|
|
* a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
|
2010-10-05 21:19:42 +07:00
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
|
|
|
|
* radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
|
2012-11-09 00:31:02 +07:00
|
|
|
* frequency for the operation.
|
2009-12-23 19:15:41 +07:00
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
|
|
|
|
* to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
|
|
|
|
* notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
|
|
|
|
* driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
|
|
|
|
* radio).
|
|
|
|
* When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
|
|
|
|
* that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
|
|
|
|
* the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
|
|
|
|
* pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
|
|
|
|
* completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
|
|
|
|
* radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
|
|
|
|
* uniquely identify the request.
|
|
|
|
* This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
|
|
|
|
* remain-on-channel duration has expired.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2009-12-29 17:59:45 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
|
|
|
|
* rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
|
|
|
|
* and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2010-08-12 20:38:38 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
|
|
|
|
* (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
|
|
|
|
* requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
|
|
|
|
* backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
|
|
|
|
* and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
|
|
|
|
* that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
|
|
|
|
* four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
|
|
|
|
* cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
|
|
|
|
* socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
|
2010-08-18 22:44:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
|
|
|
|
* backward compatibility
|
2010-08-12 20:38:38 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
|
|
|
|
* command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
|
|
|
|
* as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
|
2010-02-15 17:53:10 +07:00
|
|
|
* kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
|
|
|
|
* user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
|
2012-11-09 00:31:02 +07:00
|
|
|
* frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
|
|
|
|
* to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
|
|
|
|
* received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
|
|
|
|
* or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
|
|
|
|
* and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
|
2010-11-25 16:02:29 +07:00
|
|
|
* specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
|
|
|
|
* returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
|
|
|
|
* TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
|
2011-09-25 16:23:30 +07:00
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
|
|
|
|
* management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
|
2014-05-09 18:11:44 +07:00
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
|
|
|
|
* counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
|
|
|
|
* is used during CSA period.
|
2010-11-25 16:02:29 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
|
|
|
|
* command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
|
|
|
|
* time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.
|
2010-08-18 22:44:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
|
2010-08-12 20:38:38 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
|
|
|
|
* transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
|
2010-02-15 17:53:10 +07:00
|
|
|
* the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
|
|
|
|
* frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
|
|
|
|
* the frame.
|
2010-08-18 22:44:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
|
|
|
|
* backward compatibility.
|
2012-06-13 16:17:14 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
|
|
|
|
*
|
2010-03-23 14:02:33 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
|
|
|
|
* is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
|
|
|
|
* levels.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
|
|
|
|
* command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
|
|
|
|
* reached.
|
cfg80211/mac80211: better channel handling
Currently (all tested with hwsim) you can do stupid
things like setting up an AP on a certain channel,
then adding another virtual interface and making
that associate on another channel -- this will make
the beaconing to move channel but obviously without
the necessary IEs data update.
In order to improve this situation, first make the
configuration APIs (cfg80211 and nl80211) aware of
multi-channel operation -- we'll eventually need
that in the future anyway. There's one userland API
change and one API addition. The API change is that
now SET_WIPHY must be called with virtual interface
index rather than only wiphy index in order to take
effect for that interface -- luckily all current
users (hostapd) do that. For monitor interfaces, the
old setting is preserved, but monitors are always
slaved to other devices anyway so no guarantees.
The second userland API change is the introduction
of a per virtual interface SET_CHANNEL command, that
hostapd should use going forward to make it easier
to understand what's going on (it can automatically
detect a kernel with this command).
Other than mac80211, no existing cfg80211 drivers
are affected by this change because they only allow
a single virtual interface.
mac80211, however, now needs to be aware that the
channel settings are per interface now, and needs
to disallow (for now) real multi-channel operation,
which is another important part of this patch.
One of the immediate benefits is that you can now
start hostapd to operate on a hardware that already
has a connection on another virtual interface, as
long as you specify the same channel.
Note that two things are left unhandled (this is an
improvement -- not a complete fix):
* different HT/no-HT modes
currently you could start an HT AP and then
connect to a non-HT network on the same channel
which would configure the hardware for no HT;
that can be fixed fairly easily
* CSA
An AP we're connected to on a virtual interface
might indicate switching channels, and in that
case we would follow it, regardless of how many
other interfaces are operating; this requires
more effort to fix but is pretty rare after all
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-05 20:25:02 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
|
2012-11-09 05:14:50 +07:00
|
|
|
* and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
|
|
|
|
* (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
|
cfg80211/mac80211: better channel handling
Currently (all tested with hwsim) you can do stupid
things like setting up an AP on a certain channel,
then adding another virtual interface and making
that associate on another channel -- this will make
the beaconing to move channel but obviously without
the necessary IEs data update.
In order to improve this situation, first make the
configuration APIs (cfg80211 and nl80211) aware of
multi-channel operation -- we'll eventually need
that in the future anyway. There's one userland API
change and one API addition. The API change is that
now SET_WIPHY must be called with virtual interface
index rather than only wiphy index in order to take
effect for that interface -- luckily all current
users (hostapd) do that. For monitor interfaces, the
old setting is preserved, but monitors are always
slaved to other devices anyway so no guarantees.
The second userland API change is the introduction
of a per virtual interface SET_CHANNEL command, that
hostapd should use going forward to make it easier
to understand what's going on (it can automatically
detect a kernel with this command).
Other than mac80211, no existing cfg80211 drivers
are affected by this change because they only allow
a single virtual interface.
mac80211, however, now needs to be aware that the
channel settings are per interface now, and needs
to disallow (for now) real multi-channel operation,
which is another important part of this patch.
One of the immediate benefits is that you can now
start hostapd to operate on a hardware that already
has a connection on another virtual interface, as
long as you specify the same channel.
Note that two things are left unhandled (this is an
improvement -- not a complete fix):
* different HT/no-HT modes
currently you could start an HT AP and then
connect to a non-HT network on the same channel
which would configure the hardware for no HT;
that can be fixed fairly easily
* CSA
An AP we're connected to on a virtual interface
might indicate switching channels, and in that
case we would follow it, regardless of how many
other interfaces are operating; this requires
more effort to fix but is pretty rare after all
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-05 20:25:02 +07:00
|
|
|
* In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
|
|
|
|
* with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
|
|
|
|
* When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
|
|
|
|
* no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
|
|
|
|
* of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
|
|
|
|
* precedence when they are used.
|
2010-02-15 17:53:10 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2010-10-02 00:54:28 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2010-12-03 15:20:44 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
|
|
|
|
* mesh config parameters may be given.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
|
|
|
|
* network is determined by the network interface.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2010-12-16 05:52:40 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
|
|
|
|
* notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
|
|
|
|
* deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
|
|
|
|
* notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
|
|
|
|
* disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2011-04-08 05:08:34 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
|
|
|
|
* beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
|
|
|
|
* sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
|
2013-03-05 04:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
* candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
|
|
|
|
* notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
|
|
|
|
* (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
|
2011-04-08 05:08:34 +07:00
|
|
|
* reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
|
|
|
|
* new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
|
|
|
|
* depending on the authentication result.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2011-05-04 20:37:28 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
|
|
|
|
* Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
|
|
|
|
* various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
|
|
|
|
* command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
|
|
|
|
* more background information, see
|
|
|
|
* http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
|
2013-01-22 18:34:29 +07:00
|
|
|
* The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
|
|
|
|
* from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
|
|
|
|
* for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
|
|
|
|
* in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
|
|
|
|
* wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
|
2011-05-04 20:37:28 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2011-07-05 21:35:40 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
|
|
|
|
* the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
|
|
|
|
* feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
|
|
|
|
* is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
|
|
|
|
* contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
|
|
|
|
* this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
|
|
|
|
* inform userspace of the new replay counter.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2011-09-16 22:56:23 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
|
|
|
|
* of PMKSA caching dandidates.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2011-09-28 18:12:50 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
|
2012-11-17 03:49:57 +07:00
|
|
|
* In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
|
|
|
|
* actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
|
|
|
|
* In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
|
|
|
|
* operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
|
2013-10-31 19:54:35 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
|
|
|
|
* sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
|
|
|
|
* 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
|
|
|
|
* 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
|
|
|
|
* supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
|
|
|
|
* and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
|
|
|
|
* &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
|
2011-09-28 18:12:50 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2011-11-04 17:18:12 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
|
|
|
|
* (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
|
|
|
|
* implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
|
|
|
|
* frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
|
|
|
|
* is received.
|
|
|
|
* For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
|
|
|
|
* other attributes like the interface index are present.
|
|
|
|
* If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
|
2011-11-04 17:18:19 +07:00
|
|
|
* only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
|
|
|
|
* is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
|
|
|
|
* associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
|
|
|
|
* and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
|
|
|
|
* to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
|
2011-11-04 17:18:12 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2011-11-04 17:18:15 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
|
|
|
|
* by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
|
|
|
|
* acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
|
|
|
|
* direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
|
|
|
|
* up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
|
|
|
|
* has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2011-11-04 17:18:17 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
|
|
|
|
* other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
|
|
|
|
* OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
|
|
|
|
* messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2011-11-18 20:20:43 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
|
|
|
|
* No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2012-04-07 03:35:47 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
|
|
|
|
* independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
|
2012-11-09 05:14:50 +07:00
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
|
2014-11-07 19:31:37 +07:00
|
|
|
* attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
|
|
|
|
* sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
|
|
|
|
* from the remote AP) is completed;
|
2012-04-07 03:35:47 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2014-11-07 19:31:35 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
|
|
|
|
* has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
|
|
|
|
* (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
|
|
|
|
* initiated on our own). It indicates that
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
|
|
|
|
* after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
|
|
|
|
* decide to react to this indication by requesting other
|
|
|
|
* interfaces to change channel as well.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2012-06-16 05:19:54 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
|
|
|
|
* its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
|
|
|
|
* P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
|
|
|
|
* public action frame TX.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
|
|
|
|
* its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2012-09-18 18:20:49 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
|
|
|
|
* notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
|
|
|
|
* station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
|
|
|
|
* is used for this.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2012-11-02 19:27:48 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
|
|
|
|
* for IBSS or MESH vif.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2013-01-18 12:48:45 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
|
|
|
|
* This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
|
|
|
|
* address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
|
|
|
|
* is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
|
|
|
|
* will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
|
|
|
|
* command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
|
|
|
|
* ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2013-02-09 00:16:19 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
|
|
|
|
* a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
|
|
|
|
* or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
|
|
|
|
* this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
|
|
|
|
* while operating on this channel.
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
|
|
|
|
* event.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2013-02-14 22:19:38 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
|
|
|
|
* i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
|
|
|
|
* Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2013-02-27 22:14:27 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
|
|
|
|
* Information Element to the WLAN driver
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
|
|
|
|
* to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
|
|
|
|
* with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
|
|
|
|
* received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
|
|
|
|
*
|
2013-04-18 20:49:00 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
|
|
|
|
* a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
|
|
|
|
* complete.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
|
|
|
|
* return back to normal.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2013-06-29 01:51:26 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2013-07-11 21:09:05 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
|
|
|
|
* the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
|
|
|
|
* in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
|
|
|
|
* new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
|
|
|
|
* width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
|
|
|
|
* other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
|
|
|
|
* switch is complete.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2013-11-13 19:37:47 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
|
|
|
|
* by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
|
|
|
|
* For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
|
|
|
|
* used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
|
|
|
|
* (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
|
|
|
|
* This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2013-12-17 14:01:30 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
|
|
|
|
* The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
|
|
|
|
* that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
|
|
|
|
* QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
|
|
|
|
* association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2014-09-10 02:55:35 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
|
|
|
|
* and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
|
|
|
|
* Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
|
|
|
|
* userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
|
|
|
|
* up the TX TS in the driver/device.
|
|
|
|
* If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
|
|
|
|
* if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
|
|
|
|
* avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
|
|
|
|
* make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
|
|
|
|
* fail even if the check was successful.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
|
|
|
|
* and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
|
|
|
|
* before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
|
|
|
|
* or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2014-09-12 13:58:49 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
|
|
|
|
* destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2014-11-03 16:33:18 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
|
|
|
|
* bandwidth of a channel must be given.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
|
|
|
|
* network is determined by the network interface.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2014-11-19 17:54:26 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
|
|
|
|
* identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
|
|
|
|
* provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
|
|
|
|
* channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
|
|
|
|
* The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
|
|
|
|
* operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
|
|
|
|
* AP.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
|
|
|
|
* peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
|
|
|
|
* when this command completes.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2014-12-16 00:26:00 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
|
|
|
|
* as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
|
|
|
|
* management.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2007-09-21 00:09:35 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
|
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_commands {
|
2011-03-31 08:57:33 +07:00
|
|
|
/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
|
2007-09-21 00:09:35 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-19 08:03:29 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-19 08:03:32 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
|
2012-02-13 21:17:18 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
|
2007-12-19 08:03:32 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2007-12-19 08:03:34 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
|
|
|
|
|
2008-02-23 21:17:06 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
|
|
|
|
|
2008-08-08 00:07:01 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
|
|
|
|
|
2008-09-10 13:19:48 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-17 08:37:48 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
|
2008-10-22 02:03:48 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2009-03-21 02:21:16 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
|
2009-01-13 21:03:29 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2009-01-31 00:26:42 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
|
|
|
|
|
2009-02-11 03:25:55 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
|
|
|
|
|
2009-03-10 09:07:42 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
|
|
|
|
|
nl80211: Event notifications for MLME events
Add new nl80211 event notifications (and a new multicast group, "mlme")
for informing user space about received and processed Authentication,
(Re)Association Response, Deauthentication, and Disassociation frames in
station and IBSS modes (i.e., MLME SAP interface primitives
MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm, MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm,
MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm, MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indicate, and
MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication). The event data is encapsulated as the 802.11
management frame since we already have the frame in that format and it
includes all the needed information.
This is the initial step in providing MLME SAP interface for
authentication and association with nl80211. In other words, kernel code
will act as the MLME and a user space application can control it as the
SME.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-03-19 18:39:21 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
|
|
|
|
|
2009-03-28 02:59:49 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
|
|
|
|
|
2009-04-03 01:08:09 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
|
|
|
|
|
2009-04-20 02:24:32 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
|
|
|
|
|
2009-07-02 02:26:51 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
|
|
|
|
|
2009-07-02 02:26:54 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
|
|
|
|
|
2009-07-14 05:33:35 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
|
|
|
|
|
2009-11-11 18:25:40 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
|
|
|
|
|
2009-11-25 05:59:15 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
|
|
|
|
|
2009-12-23 19:15:41 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
|
|
|
|
|
2009-12-29 17:59:45 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-12 20:38:38 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
|
2010-02-15 17:53:10 +07:00
|
|
|
|
nl80211: add power save commands
The most needed command from nl80211, which Wireless Extensions had,
is support for power save mode. Add a simple command to make it possible
to enable and disable power save via nl80211.
I was also planning about extending the interface, for example adding the
timeout value, but after thinking more about this I decided not to do it.
Basically there were three reasons:
Firstly, the parameters for power save are very much hardware dependent.
Trying to find a unified interface which would work with all hardware, and
still make sense to users, will be very difficult.
Secondly, IEEE 802.11 power save implementation in Linux is still in state
of flux. We have a long way to still to go and there is no way to predict
what kind of implementation we will have after few years. And because we
need to support nl80211 interface a long time, practically forever, adding
now parameters to nl80211 might create maintenance problems later on.
Third issue are the users. Power save parameters are mostly used for
debugging, so debugfs is better, more flexible, interface for this.
For example, wpa_supplicant currently doesn't configure anything related
to power save mode. It's better to strive that kernel can automatically
optimise the power save parameters, like with help of pm qos network
and other traffic parameters.
Later on, when we have better understanding of power save, we can extend
this command with more features, if there's a need for that.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-17 22:58:10 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
|
|
|
|
|
2010-03-23 14:02:33 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
|
|
|
|
|
cfg80211/mac80211: better channel handling
Currently (all tested with hwsim) you can do stupid
things like setting up an AP on a certain channel,
then adding another virtual interface and making
that associate on another channel -- this will make
the beaconing to move channel but obviously without
the necessary IEs data update.
In order to improve this situation, first make the
configuration APIs (cfg80211 and nl80211) aware of
multi-channel operation -- we'll eventually need
that in the future anyway. There's one userland API
change and one API addition. The API change is that
now SET_WIPHY must be called with virtual interface
index rather than only wiphy index in order to take
effect for that interface -- luckily all current
users (hostapd) do that. For monitor interfaces, the
old setting is preserved, but monitors are always
slaved to other devices anyway so no guarantees.
The second userland API change is the introduction
of a per virtual interface SET_CHANNEL command, that
hostapd should use going forward to make it easier
to understand what's going on (it can automatically
detect a kernel with this command).
Other than mac80211, no existing cfg80211 drivers
are affected by this change because they only allow
a single virtual interface.
mac80211, however, now needs to be aware that the
channel settings are per interface now, and needs
to disallow (for now) real multi-channel operation,
which is another important part of this patch.
One of the immediate benefits is that you can now
start hostapd to operate on a hardware that already
has a connection on another virtual interface, as
long as you specify the same channel.
Note that two things are left unhandled (this is an
improvement -- not a complete fix):
* different HT/no-HT modes
currently you could start an HT AP and then
connect to a non-HT network on the same channel
which would configure the hardware for no HT;
that can be fixed fairly easily
* CSA
An AP we're connected to on a virtual interface
might indicate switching channels, and in that
case we would follow it, regardless of how many
other interfaces are operating; this requires
more effort to fix but is pretty rare after all
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-05 20:25:02 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
|
2010-10-02 00:54:28 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
|
cfg80211/mac80211: better channel handling
Currently (all tested with hwsim) you can do stupid
things like setting up an AP on a certain channel,
then adding another virtual interface and making
that associate on another channel -- this will make
the beaconing to move channel but obviously without
the necessary IEs data update.
In order to improve this situation, first make the
configuration APIs (cfg80211 and nl80211) aware of
multi-channel operation -- we'll eventually need
that in the future anyway. There's one userland API
change and one API addition. The API change is that
now SET_WIPHY must be called with virtual interface
index rather than only wiphy index in order to take
effect for that interface -- luckily all current
users (hostapd) do that. For monitor interfaces, the
old setting is preserved, but monitors are always
slaved to other devices anyway so no guarantees.
The second userland API change is the introduction
of a per virtual interface SET_CHANNEL command, that
hostapd should use going forward to make it easier
to understand what's going on (it can automatically
detect a kernel with this command).
Other than mac80211, no existing cfg80211 drivers
are affected by this change because they only allow
a single virtual interface.
mac80211, however, now needs to be aware that the
channel settings are per interface now, and needs
to disallow (for now) real multi-channel operation,
which is another important part of this patch.
One of the immediate benefits is that you can now
start hostapd to operate on a hardware that already
has a connection on another virtual interface, as
long as you specify the same channel.
Note that two things are left unhandled (this is an
improvement -- not a complete fix):
* different HT/no-HT modes
currently you could start an HT AP and then
connect to a non-HT network on the same channel
which would configure the hardware for no HT;
that can be fixed fairly easily
* CSA
An AP we're connected to on a virtual interface
might indicate switching channels, and in that
case we would follow it, regardless of how many
other interfaces are operating; this requires
more effort to fix but is pretty rare after all
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-05 20:25:02 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2010-11-25 16:02:29 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-03 15:20:44 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-16 05:52:40 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
|
|
|
|
|
2011-04-08 05:08:34 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-04 20:37:28 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-11 21:09:35 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
|
|
|
|
|
2011-07-05 21:35:40 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
|
|
|
|
|
2011-09-16 22:56:23 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
|
|
|
|
|
2011-09-28 18:12:50 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
|
|
|
|
|
2011-11-04 17:18:12 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
|
|
|
|
|
2011-11-04 17:18:15 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
|
|
|
|
|
2011-11-04 17:18:17 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
|
|
|
|
|
2011-11-04 17:18:19 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
|
|
|
|
|
2011-11-18 20:20:43 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
|
|
|
|
|
2012-04-07 03:35:47 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
|
|
|
|
|
2012-06-16 05:19:54 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
|
|
|
|
|
2012-09-18 18:20:49 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
|
|
|
|
|
2012-11-02 19:27:48 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
|
|
|
|
|
2013-01-18 12:48:45 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
|
|
|
|
|
2013-02-09 00:16:19 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
|
|
|
|
|
2013-02-14 22:19:38 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
|
|
|
|
|
2013-02-27 22:14:27 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-18 20:49:00 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
|
|
|
|
|
2013-06-29 01:51:26 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
|
|
|
|
|
2013-07-11 21:09:05 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
|
|
|
|
|
2013-11-13 19:37:47 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
|
|
|
|
|
2013-12-17 14:01:30 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
|
|
|
|
|
2014-09-10 02:55:35 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
|
|
|
|
|
2014-09-12 13:58:49 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
|
|
|
|
|
2014-11-03 16:33:18 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
|
|
|
|
|
2014-11-07 19:31:35 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
|
|
|
|
|
2014-11-19 17:54:26 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
|
|
|
|
|
2014-12-16 00:26:00 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
|
|
|
|
|
2008-09-10 13:19:48 +07:00
|
|
|
/* add new commands above here */
|
2008-06-10 19:04:14 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-21 00:09:35 +07:00
|
|
|
/* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2008-08-08 00:07:01 +07:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
|
|
|
|
* here
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
|
2009-01-13 21:03:29 +07:00
|
|
|
#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
|
2009-03-10 09:07:42 +07:00
|
|
|
#define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
|
nl80211: Event notifications for MLME events
Add new nl80211 event notifications (and a new multicast group, "mlme")
for informing user space about received and processed Authentication,
(Re)Association Response, Deauthentication, and Disassociation frames in
station and IBSS modes (i.e., MLME SAP interface primitives
MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm, MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm,
MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm, MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indicate, and
MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication). The event data is encapsulated as the 802.11
management frame since we already have the frame in that format and it
includes all the needed information.
This is the initial step in providing MLME SAP interface for
authentication and association with nl80211. In other words, kernel code
will act as the MLME and a user space application can control it as the
SME.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-03-19 18:39:21 +07:00
|
|
|
#define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
|
2009-04-03 01:08:09 +07:00
|
|
|
#define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
|
2009-03-10 09:07:42 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2011-11-06 20:13:33 +07:00
|
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-17 08:37:48 +07:00
|
|
|
/* source-level API compatibility */
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
|
2011-04-08 05:08:27 +07:00
|
|
|
#define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
|
2010-12-17 08:37:48 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-21 00:09:35 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
|
|
|
|
* /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
|
2008-10-30 21:59:24 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
|
2012-11-09 05:14:50 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
|
|
|
|
* defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
|
|
|
|
* and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
|
|
|
|
* of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
|
|
|
|
* documentation of the enum for more information.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
|
|
|
|
* channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
|
|
|
|
* channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
|
2008-12-12 13:27:43 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
|
2012-11-09 05:14:50 +07:00
|
|
|
* if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
|
2008-12-12 13:27:43 +07:00
|
|
|
* NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
|
2008-11-26 21:15:24 +07:00
|
|
|
* this attribute)
|
2008-12-12 13:27:43 +07:00
|
|
|
* NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
|
|
|
|
* NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
|
|
|
|
* NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
|
2012-11-09 05:14:50 +07:00
|
|
|
* This attribute is now deprecated.
|
2009-04-20 23:39:05 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
|
|
|
|
* less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
|
|
|
|
* dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
|
|
|
|
* greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
|
|
|
|
* dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
|
|
|
|
* length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
|
|
|
|
* fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
|
|
|
|
* larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
|
|
|
|
* 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
|
2009-12-22 04:50:47 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
|
|
|
|
* section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
|
2007-09-21 00:09:35 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
|
|
|
|
*
|
2012-06-15 19:33:17 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
|
|
|
|
* that don't have a netdev (u64)
|
|
|
|
*
|
2007-12-19 08:03:29 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
|
|
|
|
* 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
|
|
|
|
* keys
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
|
|
|
|
* section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
|
|
|
|
* CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
|
2012-06-13 16:17:14 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
|
|
|
|
* default management key
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
|
|
|
|
* other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
|
|
|
|
* other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
|
2007-12-19 08:03:29 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2007-12-19 08:03:32 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
|
|
|
|
*
|
2007-12-19 08:03:34 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
|
2009-05-12 01:57:56 +07:00
|
|
|
* &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
|
2007-12-19 08:03:34 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
|
|
|
|
* IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
|
|
|
|
* rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
|
|
|
|
* restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
|
|
|
|
* to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to.
|
2008-02-23 21:17:06 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
|
2007-12-19 08:03:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
|
2008-02-23 21:17:06 +07:00
|
|
|
* info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
|
2007-12-19 08:03:34 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2008-01-25 01:38:39 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
|
|
|
|
* consisting of a nested array.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2008-02-23 21:17:06 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
|
2013-02-15 05:27:01 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
|
|
|
|
* (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
|
2008-02-23 21:17:06 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
|
|
|
|
* info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
|
|
|
|
* &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2008-02-01 01:48:22 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
|
|
|
|
* &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2008-09-10 13:19:48 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
|
|
|
|
* current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
|
|
|
|
* For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
|
|
|
|
* to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
|
|
|
|
* also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
|
|
|
|
* regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
|
2013-10-05 08:07:24 +07:00
|
|
|
* IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
|
2008-09-10 13:19:48 +07:00
|
|
|
* Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
|
|
|
|
* to a specific alpha2.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
|
|
|
|
* rules.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2008-08-08 00:07:01 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
|
|
|
|
* (u8, 0 or 1)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
|
|
|
|
* (u8, 0 or 1)
|
2008-10-30 21:59:22 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
|
|
|
|
* rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
|
|
|
|
* restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
|
2008-08-08 00:07:01 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2008-08-25 15:58:58 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
|
|
|
|
* association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
|
|
|
|
*
|
2008-08-30 06:26:43 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
|
|
|
|
* supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
|
|
|
|
* of the interface mode.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2009-01-13 21:03:29 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
|
|
|
|
*
|
2009-02-11 03:25:55 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
|
|
|
|
* a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
|
2011-07-13 18:57:28 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
|
|
|
|
* scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
|
2009-03-31 17:12:05 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
|
|
|
|
* that can be added to a scan request
|
2011-07-13 18:57:29 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
|
|
|
|
* elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
|
2011-08-31 20:01:48 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
|
|
|
|
* used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
|
2009-02-11 03:25:55 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
|
|
|
|
* scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
|
|
|
|
*
|
2009-03-10 09:07:42 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
|
|
|
|
* currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
|
|
|
|
* set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
|
|
|
|
*
|
2009-03-14 15:34:01 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
|
|
|
|
* an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
|
|
|
|
* that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
|
|
|
|
*
|
nl80211: Event notifications for MLME events
Add new nl80211 event notifications (and a new multicast group, "mlme")
for informing user space about received and processed Authentication,
(Re)Association Response, Deauthentication, and Disassociation frames in
station and IBSS modes (i.e., MLME SAP interface primitives
MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm, MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm,
MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm, MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indicate, and
MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication). The event data is encapsulated as the 802.11
management frame since we already have the frame in that format and it
includes all the needed information.
This is the initial step in providing MLME SAP interface for
authentication and association with nl80211. In other words, kernel code
will act as the MLME and a user space application can control it as the
SME.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-03-19 18:39:21 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
|
|
|
|
* and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
|
|
|
|
* NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
|
2009-03-19 18:39:22 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
|
|
|
|
* represented as a u32
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
|
nl80211: Event notifications for MLME events
Add new nl80211 event notifications (and a new multicast group, "mlme")
for informing user space about received and processed Authentication,
(Re)Association Response, Deauthentication, and Disassociation frames in
station and IBSS modes (i.e., MLME SAP interface primitives
MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm, MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm,
MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm, MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indicate, and
MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication). The event data is encapsulated as the 802.11
management frame since we already have the frame in that format and it
includes all the needed information.
This is the initial step in providing MLME SAP interface for
authentication and association with nl80211. In other words, kernel code
will act as the MLME and a user space application can control it as the
SME.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-03-19 18:39:21 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2009-03-28 02:59:49 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
|
|
|
|
* a u32
|
|
|
|
*
|
2009-04-03 01:08:09 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
|
|
|
|
* due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
|
|
|
|
* the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
|
|
|
|
* attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
|
|
|
|
* NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
|
|
|
|
* due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
|
|
|
|
* the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
|
|
|
|
* attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
|
|
|
|
* NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
|
|
|
|
*
|
2009-04-03 01:14:06 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
|
|
|
|
* cipher suites
|
|
|
|
*
|
2009-04-20 02:24:32 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
|
|
|
|
* for other networks on different channels
|
|
|
|
*
|
2009-04-23 01:38:25 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
|
|
|
|
* is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
|
|
|
|
*
|
2009-05-07 02:09:37 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
|
|
|
|
* used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
|
|
|
|
* this attribute can be used
|
2013-01-15 22:15:57 +07:00
|
|
|
* with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests
|
2009-05-07 02:09:37 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2009-05-12 01:57:56 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
|
|
|
|
* &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2009-05-12 01:57:57 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
|
|
|
|
* IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
|
|
|
|
* station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
|
|
|
|
* request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
|
|
|
|
* authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
|
|
|
|
* default in station mode.
|
2010-08-27 18:26:53 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
|
|
|
|
* ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
|
|
|
|
* specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
|
|
|
|
* specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
|
|
|
|
* attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
|
|
|
|
* indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
|
|
|
|
* ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
|
2009-05-12 01:57:57 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2009-07-02 02:26:51 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
|
|
|
|
* We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2009-07-02 02:26:54 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
|
|
|
|
* event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
|
|
|
|
* a local disconnect request.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
|
|
|
|
* event (u16)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
|
2011-08-11 03:54:35 +07:00
|
|
|
* that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
|
|
|
|
* indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
|
2009-07-02 02:26:54 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2011-08-11 03:54:35 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
|
|
|
|
* to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
|
2009-07-02 02:26:54 +07:00
|
|
|
* (an array of u32).
|
2011-08-11 03:54:35 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
|
|
|
|
* indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
|
|
|
|
* u32).
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
|
|
|
|
* indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
|
2009-07-02 02:26:54 +07:00
|
|
|
* (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
|
2011-08-11 03:54:35 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
|
|
|
|
* indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
|
2009-07-02 02:26:54 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
|
|
|
|
* sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
|
|
|
|
* sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2009-07-07 19:37:26 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used by in ASSOCIATE
|
|
|
|
* commands to specify using a reassociate frame
|
|
|
|
*
|
2009-07-08 18:29:08 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
|
cfg80211: rework key operation
This reworks the key operation in cfg80211, and now only
allows, from userspace, configuring keys (via nl80211)
after the connection has been established (in managed
mode), the IBSS been joined (in IBSS mode), at any time
(in AP[_VLAN] modes) or never for all the other modes.
In order to do shared key authentication correctly, it
is now possible to give a WEP key to the AUTH command.
To configure static WEP keys, these are given to the
CONNECT or IBSS_JOIN command directly, for a userspace
SME it is assumed it will configure it properly after
the connection has been established.
Since mac80211 used to check the default key in IBSS
mode to see whether or not the network is protected,
it needs an update in that area, as well as an update
to make use of the WEP key passed to auth() for shared
key authentication.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-08 19:22:54 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
|
|
|
|
* and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
|
|
|
|
* with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
|
2009-07-08 18:29:08 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2009-07-14 05:33:35 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2009-08-07 21:17:38 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
|
|
|
|
* dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
|
|
|
|
* dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
|
|
|
|
* obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
|
|
|
|
* all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
|
|
|
|
* changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
|
|
|
|
* completely from scratch.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2009-11-11 00:53:10 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
|
|
|
|
*
|
2009-11-11 18:25:40 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
|
|
|
|
* the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
|
|
|
|
* containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2009-11-25 05:59:15 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
|
|
|
|
* cache, a wiphy attribute.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2009-12-23 19:15:41 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
|
2010-12-14 23:54:28 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
|
|
|
|
* specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
|
|
|
|
* remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
|
2009-12-23 19:15:41 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2009-12-29 17:59:45 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
|
|
|
|
* (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
|
|
|
|
* data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
|
|
|
|
* rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
|
|
|
|
* is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2010-02-15 17:53:10 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
|
2010-08-12 20:38:38 +07:00
|
|
|
* at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
|
|
|
|
* nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
|
|
|
|
* information about which frame types can be transmitted with
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
|
|
|
|
* nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
|
|
|
|
* information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
|
2010-02-15 17:53:10 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
|
|
|
|
* acknowledged by the recipient.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2012-06-13 16:17:14 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2010-03-23 14:02:33 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
|
|
|
|
* nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2010-04-04 13:37:19 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
|
|
|
|
* is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
|
|
|
|
* invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
|
|
|
|
* NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
|
|
|
|
* NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2010-04-27 06:23:35 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
|
|
|
|
* connected to this BSS.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2010-06-23 16:12:38 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
|
|
|
|
* &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
|
|
|
|
* This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
|
|
|
|
* for non-automatic settings.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2010-10-06 00:39:30 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
|
|
|
|
* means support for per-station GTKs.
|
|
|
|
*
|
cfg80211: Add nl80211 antenna configuration
Allow setting of TX and RX antennas configuration via nl80211.
The antenna configuration is defined as a bitmap of allowed antennas to use.
This API can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should not
be used for other reasons like regulatory concerns or special setups.
Separate bitmaps are used for RX and TX to allow configuring different antennas
for receiving and transmitting. Each bitmap is 32 bit long, each bit
representing one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first bit. If an
antenna bit is set, this means the driver is allowed to use this antenna for RX
or TX respectively; if the bit is not set the hardware is not allowed to use
this antenna.
Using bitmaps has the benefit of allowing for a flexible configuration
interface which can support many different configurations and which can be used
for 802.11n as well as non-802.11n devices. Instead of relying on some hardware
specific assumptions, drivers can use this information to know which antennas
are actually attached to the system and derive their capabilities based on
that.
802.11n devices should enable or disable chains, based on which antennas are
present (If all antennas belonging to a particular chain are disabled, the
entire chain should be disabled). HT capabilities (like STBC, TX Beamforming,
Antenna selection) should be calculated based on the available chains after
applying the antenna masks. Should a 802.11n device have diversity antennas
attached to one of their chains, diversity can be enabled or disabled based on
the antenna information.
Non-802.11n drivers can use the antenna masks to select RX and TX antennas and
to enable or disable antenna diversity.
While covering chainmasks for 802.11n and the standard "legacy" modes "fixed
antenna 1", "fixed antenna 2" and "diversity" this API also allows more rare,
but useful configurations as follows:
1) Send on antenna 1, receive on antenna 2 (or vice versa). This can be used to
have a low gain antenna for TX in order to keep within the regulatory
constraints and a high gain antenna for RX in order to receive weaker signals
("speak softly, but listen harder"). This can be useful for building long-shot
outdoor links. Another usage of this setup is having a low-noise pre-amplifier
on antenna 1 and a power amplifier on the other antenna. This way transmit
noise is mostly kept out of the low noise receive channel.
(This would be bitmaps: tx 1 rx 2).
2) Another similar setup is: Use RX diversity on both antennas, but always send
on antenna 1. Again that would allow us to benefit from a higher gain RX
antenna, while staying within the legal limits.
(This would be: tx 0 rx 3).
3) And finally there can be special experimental setups in research and
development even with pre 802.11n hardware where more than 2 antennas are
available. It's good to keep the API simple, yet flexible.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
--
v7: Made bitmasks 32 bit wide and rebased to latest wireless-testing.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-10 10:50:50 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
|
|
|
|
* This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
|
|
|
|
* not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
|
|
|
|
* bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
|
|
|
|
* bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
|
|
|
|
* drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
|
|
|
|
* a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
|
|
|
|
* a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
|
|
|
|
* HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
|
|
|
|
* derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
|
|
|
|
* Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
|
|
|
|
* Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
|
|
|
|
* support by returning -EINVAL.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
|
|
|
|
* This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
|
|
|
|
* not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
|
|
|
|
* the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
|
2011-03-31 08:57:33 +07:00
|
|
|
* For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
|
cfg80211: Add nl80211 antenna configuration
Allow setting of TX and RX antennas configuration via nl80211.
The antenna configuration is defined as a bitmap of allowed antennas to use.
This API can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should not
be used for other reasons like regulatory concerns or special setups.
Separate bitmaps are used for RX and TX to allow configuring different antennas
for receiving and transmitting. Each bitmap is 32 bit long, each bit
representing one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first bit. If an
antenna bit is set, this means the driver is allowed to use this antenna for RX
or TX respectively; if the bit is not set the hardware is not allowed to use
this antenna.
Using bitmaps has the benefit of allowing for a flexible configuration
interface which can support many different configurations and which can be used
for 802.11n as well as non-802.11n devices. Instead of relying on some hardware
specific assumptions, drivers can use this information to know which antennas
are actually attached to the system and derive their capabilities based on
that.
802.11n devices should enable or disable chains, based on which antennas are
present (If all antennas belonging to a particular chain are disabled, the
entire chain should be disabled). HT capabilities (like STBC, TX Beamforming,
Antenna selection) should be calculated based on the available chains after
applying the antenna masks. Should a 802.11n device have diversity antennas
attached to one of their chains, diversity can be enabled or disabled based on
the antenna information.
Non-802.11n drivers can use the antenna masks to select RX and TX antennas and
to enable or disable antenna diversity.
While covering chainmasks for 802.11n and the standard "legacy" modes "fixed
antenna 1", "fixed antenna 2" and "diversity" this API also allows more rare,
but useful configurations as follows:
1) Send on antenna 1, receive on antenna 2 (or vice versa). This can be used to
have a low gain antenna for TX in order to keep within the regulatory
constraints and a high gain antenna for RX in order to receive weaker signals
("speak softly, but listen harder"). This can be useful for building long-shot
outdoor links. Another usage of this setup is having a low-noise pre-amplifier
on antenna 1 and a power amplifier on the other antenna. This way transmit
noise is mostly kept out of the low noise receive channel.
(This would be bitmaps: tx 1 rx 2).
2) Another similar setup is: Use RX diversity on both antennas, but always send
on antenna 1. Again that would allow us to benefit from a higher gain RX
antenna, while staying within the legal limits.
(This would be: tx 0 rx 3).
3) And finally there can be special experimental setups in research and
development even with pre 802.11n hardware where more than 2 antennas are
available. It's good to keep the API simple, yet flexible.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
--
v7: Made bitmasks 32 bit wide and rebased to latest wireless-testing.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-10 10:50:50 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2010-12-16 09:30:28 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
|
|
|
|
* for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
|
|
|
|
* for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2010-11-11 21:07:22 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
|
|
|
|
*
|
2010-11-25 16:02:29 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
|
|
|
|
* transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
|
|
|
|
* the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
|
|
|
|
* flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
|
|
|
|
* nl80211 capability flag.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2012-06-13 16:17:14 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
|
2010-11-19 18:40:25 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2010-12-10 01:58:59 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
|
|
|
|
* attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
|
|
|
|
* See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2010-12-17 08:37:49 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
|
2011-01-07 04:36:46 +07:00
|
|
|
* changed once the mesh is active.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
|
|
|
|
* containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
|
2011-04-08 05:08:28 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
|
|
|
|
* allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
|
|
|
|
* the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
|
2013-03-05 04:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
|
|
|
|
* &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
|
|
|
|
* management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
|
2010-12-17 08:37:49 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2011-07-13 15:48:55 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
|
|
|
|
* capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
|
2011-05-04 20:37:28 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
|
|
|
|
* indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
|
|
|
|
* used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
|
|
|
|
* triggers.
|
2012-06-13 16:17:14 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2011-05-11 21:09:37 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
|
|
|
|
* cycles, in msecs.
|
2012-06-13 16:17:14 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2011-08-31 20:01:48 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
|
|
|
|
* sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
|
|
|
|
* that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
|
|
|
|
* pass-thru filter rules.
|
|
|
|
* For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
|
|
|
|
* set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
|
|
|
|
* attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
|
|
|
|
* fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
|
|
|
|
* able to ignore them by itself.
|
|
|
|
* Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
|
|
|
|
* this is only an optimization and the userspace application
|
|
|
|
* needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
|
|
|
|
* If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
|
|
|
|
* the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
|
|
|
|
* is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
|
|
|
|
* will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
|
|
|
|
* If ommited, no filtering is done.
|
2011-05-04 20:37:28 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2011-05-13 15:58:57 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
|
|
|
|
* interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
|
|
|
|
* defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
|
|
|
|
* are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
|
|
|
|
* any restrictions in their number or combinations.
|
2010-12-17 08:37:49 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2012-06-13 16:17:14 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
|
2011-07-05 21:35:40 +07:00
|
|
|
* necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2011-07-18 23:08:35 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
|
|
|
|
* nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
|
|
|
|
* being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
|
|
|
|
* without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
|
|
|
|
*
|
2011-08-11 03:53:31 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
|
|
|
|
* and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
|
|
|
|
* &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
|
|
|
|
*
|
2011-08-11 03:55:56 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
|
|
|
|
* This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
|
|
|
|
* provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
|
|
|
|
* driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
|
|
|
|
* Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
|
|
|
|
* (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
|
|
|
|
* (Re)Association Request frames.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2011-08-23 18:37:46 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
|
|
|
|
* of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
|
2011-08-31 15:29:43 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
|
|
|
|
* as AP.
|
2011-08-23 18:37:46 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2011-08-29 15:53:03 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
|
|
|
|
* roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2011-09-16 22:56:23 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
|
|
|
|
* candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2011-09-25 16:23:30 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
|
|
|
|
* for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
|
|
|
|
* frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
|
|
|
|
* applications use this attribute.
|
|
|
|
* This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2011-09-28 18:12:50 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
|
|
|
|
* request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
|
|
|
|
* described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
|
|
|
|
* TDLS conversation between two devices.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
|
|
|
|
* &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
|
|
|
|
* as a TDLS peer sta.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
|
|
|
|
* procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
|
|
|
|
* used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2011-11-07 18:39:33 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
|
|
|
|
* that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
|
|
|
|
* with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
|
|
|
|
* &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2011-11-04 17:18:21 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
|
|
|
|
* the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
|
|
|
|
* it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
|
|
|
|
* mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2011-11-06 20:13:33 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
|
|
|
|
* &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
|
2011-11-10 16:28:55 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
|
|
|
|
* requests while operating in AP-mode.
|
|
|
|
* This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
|
|
|
|
* offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
|
2011-11-06 20:13:33 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2011-11-10 16:28:56 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
|
|
|
|
* probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
|
|
|
|
* to be filled by the FW.
|
2011-11-19 02:31:59 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
|
|
|
|
* this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
|
|
|
|
* ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
|
|
|
|
* Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
|
|
|
|
* The values that may be configured are:
|
|
|
|
* MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
|
|
|
|
* AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
|
|
|
|
* All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
|
|
|
|
* by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
|
|
|
|
* the station debugfs ht_caps file.
|
2011-11-10 16:28:56 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2011-10-12 00:59:02 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
|
|
|
|
* abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
|
|
|
|
* to one DFS region.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2011-11-18 20:20:43 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
|
|
|
|
* up to 16 TIDs.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2012-03-02 17:20:02 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
|
|
|
|
* used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
|
|
|
|
* to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the staion entry from
|
|
|
|
* the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
|
|
|
|
* capability to timeout the stations.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2012-03-06 04:18:41 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
|
|
|
|
* this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
|
|
|
|
* received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2012-03-07 18:57:12 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
|
|
|
|
* or 0 to disable background scan.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2012-07-13 01:49:18 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
|
|
|
|
* userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
|
|
|
|
* a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
|
|
|
|
* was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
|
|
|
|
* allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2012-09-18 18:20:49 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
|
|
|
|
* the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
|
|
|
|
* enum has different reasons of connection failure.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2012-09-30 23:29:39 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA: SAE elements in Authentication frames. This starts
|
|
|
|
* with the Authentication transaction sequence number field.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2012-10-11 15:04:52 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
|
|
|
|
* association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
|
|
|
|
*
|
2012-10-12 11:03:31 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
|
|
|
|
*
|
2012-11-14 21:17:28 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
|
|
|
|
* the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
|
|
|
|
* START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
|
|
|
|
* if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
|
|
|
|
* no change is made.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2013-01-07 22:04:52 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
|
|
|
|
* defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2013-01-18 12:48:45 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
|
|
|
|
* carried in a u32 attribute
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
|
|
|
|
* MAC ACL.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
|
|
|
|
* number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
|
|
|
|
* ACL.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2013-02-09 00:16:19 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
|
|
|
|
* contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
|
|
|
|
*
|
2013-02-11 20:20:05 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
|
|
|
|
* has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
|
|
|
|
* 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
|
|
|
|
* has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2013-02-15 02:10:13 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
|
|
|
|
* the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
|
|
|
|
* advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
|
|
|
|
* and PU-APSD.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2013-02-14 22:19:38 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
|
|
|
|
* &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
|
|
|
|
* receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
|
|
|
|
* messages, given with wiphy dump message
|
|
|
|
*
|
2013-02-27 22:14:27 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
|
|
|
|
* Element
|
|
|
|
*
|
2013-04-18 20:49:00 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
|
|
|
|
* reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
|
|
|
|
* the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
|
|
|
|
*
|
2013-05-17 00:11:08 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
|
|
|
|
* This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
|
|
|
|
* allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
|
|
|
|
* update a TDLS peer STA entry.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2013-06-29 01:51:26 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2013-07-11 21:09:05 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
|
|
|
|
* until the channel switch event.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
|
|
|
|
* must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
|
|
|
|
* operation).
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
|
|
|
|
* for the time while performing a channel switch.
|
2014-05-09 18:11:46 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
|
|
|
|
* switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
|
|
|
|
* switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
|
2013-07-11 21:09:05 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2013-08-15 18:51:28 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
|
|
|
|
* As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2013-10-09 22:15:21 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
|
|
|
|
* supported operating classes.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2013-10-07 23:41:05 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
|
|
|
|
* controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
|
|
|
|
* channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
|
|
|
|
* to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
|
|
|
|
* IBSS network.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2013-11-09 20:57:54 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
|
|
|
|
* 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
|
|
|
|
* 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2013-12-03 16:04:59 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
|
|
|
|
* Notification Element based on association request when used with
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION; u8 attribute.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2013-11-13 19:37:47 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
|
|
|
|
* attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
|
2013-12-18 20:43:31 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
|
|
|
|
* info, containing a nested array of possible events
|
2013-11-13 19:37:47 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2013-12-17 14:01:30 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
|
|
|
|
* data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
|
|
|
|
* in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2014-01-15 05:00:47 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
|
|
|
|
*
|
2014-01-15 05:01:08 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
|
|
|
|
* associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
|
|
|
|
* Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
|
|
|
|
* other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
|
|
|
|
* advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
|
|
|
|
* to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2014-05-09 18:11:44 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
|
|
|
|
* should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
|
2014-05-09 18:11:46 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
|
|
|
|
* supported number of csa counters.
|
2014-05-09 18:11:44 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2014-02-20 17:52:09 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
|
|
|
|
* As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2014-11-13 22:25:14 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
|
2014-03-24 23:57:27 +07:00
|
|
|
* creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
|
2014-11-13 22:25:14 +07:00
|
|
|
* that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
|
2014-12-15 18:25:39 +07:00
|
|
|
* If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
|
|
|
|
* owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
|
|
|
|
* be stopped when the socket is closed.
|
2014-03-24 23:57:27 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2014-06-11 21:18:21 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
|
|
|
|
* the TDLS link initiator.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2014-09-03 19:25:01 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
|
|
|
|
* shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
|
|
|
|
* used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
|
|
|
|
* User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
|
|
|
|
* underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
|
|
|
|
* If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
|
|
|
|
* association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
|
|
|
|
* flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2014-09-05 04:57:40 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
|
|
|
|
* estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
|
|
|
|
* drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
|
|
|
|
* setting valid value for coverage class.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2014-09-10 02:55:35 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
|
|
|
|
* (per second) (u16 attribute)
|
|
|
|
*
|
2014-09-10 18:07:34 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
|
|
|
|
* &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2014-11-19 17:54:26 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
|
|
|
|
*
|
2014-06-13 02:39:05 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
|
|
|
|
*
|
2014-12-16 00:26:01 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
|
|
|
|
* is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
|
|
|
|
* obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
|
|
|
|
* cfg80211 regdomain.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2014-09-17 15:55:28 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
|
2007-09-21 00:09:35 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
|
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_attrs {
|
2011-03-31 08:57:33 +07:00
|
|
|
/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
|
2007-09-21 00:09:35 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-19 08:03:29 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-19 08:03:32 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-19 08:03:34 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
|
2008-02-23 21:17:06 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
|
2007-12-19 08:03:34 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2008-01-25 01:38:39 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
|
|
|
|
|
2008-02-01 01:48:22 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
|
|
|
|
|
2008-02-23 21:17:06 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
|
|
|
|
|
2008-08-08 00:07:01 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
|
|
|
|
|
2008-08-25 15:58:58 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
|
|
|
|
|
2008-08-30 06:26:43 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
|
|
|
|
|
2008-09-10 13:19:48 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-17 08:37:48 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
|
2008-10-22 02:03:48 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2008-10-30 21:59:22 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
|
|
|
|
|
2008-10-30 21:59:24 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
|
2008-11-26 21:15:24 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
|
2008-12-12 13:27:43 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
|
2008-10-30 21:59:24 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2009-01-08 18:32:02 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
|
|
|
|
|
2009-01-13 21:03:29 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_IE,
|
|
|
|
|
2009-02-11 03:25:55 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
|
2009-08-07 21:17:38 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
|
2009-02-11 03:25:55 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
|
|
|
|
|
2009-03-10 09:07:42 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
|
|
|
|
|
2009-03-14 15:34:01 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
|
|
|
|
|
nl80211: Event notifications for MLME events
Add new nl80211 event notifications (and a new multicast group, "mlme")
for informing user space about received and processed Authentication,
(Re)Association Response, Deauthentication, and Disassociation frames in
station and IBSS modes (i.e., MLME SAP interface primitives
MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm, MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm,
MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm, MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indicate, and
MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication). The event data is encapsulated as the 802.11
management frame since we already have the frame in that format and it
includes all the needed information.
This is the initial step in providing MLME SAP interface for
authentication and association with nl80211. In other words, kernel code
will act as the MLME and a user space application can control it as the
SME.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-03-19 18:39:21 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
|
2009-03-19 18:39:22 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
|
nl80211: Event notifications for MLME events
Add new nl80211 event notifications (and a new multicast group, "mlme")
for informing user space about received and processed Authentication,
(Re)Association Response, Deauthentication, and Disassociation frames in
station and IBSS modes (i.e., MLME SAP interface primitives
MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm, MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm,
MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm, MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indicate, and
MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication). The event data is encapsulated as the 802.11
management frame since we already have the frame in that format and it
includes all the needed information.
This is the initial step in providing MLME SAP interface for
authentication and association with nl80211. In other words, kernel code
will act as the MLME and a user space application can control it as the
SME.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-03-19 18:39:21 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2009-03-28 02:59:49 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
|
|
|
|
|
2009-03-31 17:12:05 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
|
2009-04-03 01:14:06 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
|
2009-03-31 17:12:05 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2009-04-03 01:08:09 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
|
2009-04-20 02:24:32 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
|
|
|
|
|
2009-04-20 23:39:05 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
|
|
|
|
|
2009-04-23 01:38:25 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
|
|
|
|
|
2009-05-07 02:09:37 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
|
|
|
|
|
2009-05-12 01:57:56 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
|
|
|
|
|
2009-05-12 01:57:57 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
|
|
|
|
|
2009-07-02 02:26:51 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
|
|
|
|
|
2009-07-02 02:26:54 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
|
|
|
|
|
2009-07-07 19:37:26 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
|
|
|
|
|
2009-07-08 18:29:08 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
|
cfg80211: rework key operation
This reworks the key operation in cfg80211, and now only
allows, from userspace, configuring keys (via nl80211)
after the connection has been established (in managed
mode), the IBSS been joined (in IBSS mode), at any time
(in AP[_VLAN] modes) or never for all the other modes.
In order to do shared key authentication correctly, it
is now possible to give a WEP key to the AUTH command.
To configure static WEP keys, these are given to the
CONNECT or IBSS_JOIN command directly, for a userspace
SME it is assumed it will configure it properly after
the connection has been established.
Since mac80211 used to check the default key in IBSS
mode to see whether or not the network is protected,
it needs an update in that area, as well as an update
to make use of the WEP key passed to auth() for shared
key authentication.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-08 19:22:54 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
|
2009-07-08 18:29:08 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2009-07-14 05:33:35 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_PID,
|
|
|
|
|
2009-11-11 00:53:10 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
|
|
|
|
|
2009-11-11 18:25:40 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
|
|
|
|
|
2009-11-25 05:59:15 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
|
|
|
|
|
2009-12-23 19:15:41 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
|
|
|
|
|
2009-12-22 04:50:47 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
|
|
|
|
|
2009-12-29 17:59:45 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
|
|
|
|
|
2010-02-15 17:53:10 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
|
|
|
|
|
nl80211: add power save commands
The most needed command from nl80211, which Wireless Extensions had,
is support for power save mode. Add a simple command to make it possible
to enable and disable power save via nl80211.
I was also planning about extending the interface, for example adding the
timeout value, but after thinking more about this I decided not to do it.
Basically there were three reasons:
Firstly, the parameters for power save are very much hardware dependent.
Trying to find a unified interface which would work with all hardware, and
still make sense to users, will be very difficult.
Secondly, IEEE 802.11 power save implementation in Linux is still in state
of flux. We have a long way to still to go and there is no way to predict
what kind of implementation we will have after few years. And because we
need to support nl80211 interface a long time, practically forever, adding
now parameters to nl80211 might create maintenance problems later on.
Third issue are the users. Power save parameters are mostly used for
debugging, so debugfs is better, more flexible, interface for this.
For example, wpa_supplicant currently doesn't configure anything related
to power save mode. It's better to strive that kernel can automatically
optimise the power save parameters, like with help of pm qos network
and other traffic parameters.
Later on, when we have better understanding of power save, we can extend
this command with more features, if there's a need for that.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-17 22:58:10 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
|
|
|
|
|
2010-03-23 14:02:33 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
|
|
|
|
|
2010-04-04 13:37:19 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
|
|
|
|
|
2010-04-27 06:23:35 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
|
|
|
|
|
2010-06-23 16:12:38 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-12 20:38:38 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-27 18:26:53 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
|
|
|
|
|
2010-10-06 00:39:30 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
|
|
|
|
|
cfg80211: Add nl80211 antenna configuration
Allow setting of TX and RX antennas configuration via nl80211.
The antenna configuration is defined as a bitmap of allowed antennas to use.
This API can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should not
be used for other reasons like regulatory concerns or special setups.
Separate bitmaps are used for RX and TX to allow configuring different antennas
for receiving and transmitting. Each bitmap is 32 bit long, each bit
representing one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first bit. If an
antenna bit is set, this means the driver is allowed to use this antenna for RX
or TX respectively; if the bit is not set the hardware is not allowed to use
this antenna.
Using bitmaps has the benefit of allowing for a flexible configuration
interface which can support many different configurations and which can be used
for 802.11n as well as non-802.11n devices. Instead of relying on some hardware
specific assumptions, drivers can use this information to know which antennas
are actually attached to the system and derive their capabilities based on
that.
802.11n devices should enable or disable chains, based on which antennas are
present (If all antennas belonging to a particular chain are disabled, the
entire chain should be disabled). HT capabilities (like STBC, TX Beamforming,
Antenna selection) should be calculated based on the available chains after
applying the antenna masks. Should a 802.11n device have diversity antennas
attached to one of their chains, diversity can be enabled or disabled based on
the antenna information.
Non-802.11n drivers can use the antenna masks to select RX and TX antennas and
to enable or disable antenna diversity.
While covering chainmasks for 802.11n and the standard "legacy" modes "fixed
antenna 1", "fixed antenna 2" and "diversity" this API also allows more rare,
but useful configurations as follows:
1) Send on antenna 1, receive on antenna 2 (or vice versa). This can be used to
have a low gain antenna for TX in order to keep within the regulatory
constraints and a high gain antenna for RX in order to receive weaker signals
("speak softly, but listen harder"). This can be useful for building long-shot
outdoor links. Another usage of this setup is having a low-noise pre-amplifier
on antenna 1 and a power amplifier on the other antenna. This way transmit
noise is mostly kept out of the low noise receive channel.
(This would be bitmaps: tx 1 rx 2).
2) Another similar setup is: Use RX diversity on both antennas, but always send
on antenna 1. Again that would allow us to benefit from a higher gain RX
antenna, while staying within the legal limits.
(This would be: tx 0 rx 3).
3) And finally there can be special experimental setups in research and
development even with pre 802.11n hardware where more than 2 antennas are
available. It's good to keep the API simple, yet flexible.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
--
v7: Made bitmasks 32 bit wide and rebased to latest wireless-testing.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-10 10:50:50 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
|
|
|
|
|
2010-11-11 21:07:22 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
|
|
|
|
|
2010-11-25 16:02:29 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
|
|
|
|
|
2010-11-19 18:40:25 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-10 01:58:59 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-14 23:54:28 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-17 08:37:49 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-16 09:30:28 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
|
|
|
|
|
2011-04-08 05:08:28 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
|
2011-05-04 06:57:11 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
|
2011-04-08 05:08:28 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-04 20:37:28 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-11 21:09:37 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-13 15:58:57 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
|
2011-04-08 05:08:28 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2011-07-05 21:35:40 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
|
|
|
|
|
2011-07-13 18:57:28 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
|
2011-07-13 18:57:29 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
|
2011-07-13 18:57:28 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2011-07-18 23:08:35 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
|
|
|
|
|
2011-08-11 03:53:31 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
|
|
|
|
|
2011-08-11 03:55:56 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
|
|
|
|
|
2011-08-23 18:37:46 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
|
2011-08-31 15:29:43 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
|
2011-08-23 18:37:46 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2011-08-29 15:53:03 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
|
|
|
|
|
2011-08-31 20:01:48 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
|
|
|
|
|
2011-09-16 22:56:23 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
|
|
|
|
|
2011-09-25 16:23:30 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
|
|
|
|
|
2011-09-28 18:12:50 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
|
|
|
|
|
2011-11-07 18:39:33 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
|
|
|
|
|
2011-11-04 17:18:21 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
|
|
|
|
|
2011-11-06 20:13:33 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
|
|
|
|
|
2011-11-10 16:28:55 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
|
|
|
|
|
2011-11-10 16:28:56 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
|
|
|
|
|
2011-10-12 00:59:02 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
|
|
|
|
|
2011-11-19 02:31:59 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
|
|
|
|
|
2011-11-18 20:20:43 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
|
|
|
|
|
2012-03-02 17:20:02 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
|
|
|
|
|
2012-03-06 04:18:41 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
|
|
|
|
|
2012-03-07 18:57:12 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
|
|
|
|
|
2012-06-15 19:33:17 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
|
|
|
|
|
2012-07-13 01:49:18 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
|
|
|
|
|
2012-09-18 18:20:49 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
|
|
|
|
|
2012-09-30 23:29:39 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA,
|
|
|
|
|
2012-10-11 15:04:52 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
|
|
|
|
|
2012-10-12 11:03:31 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
|
|
|
|
|
2012-11-09 05:14:50 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
|
|
|
|
|
2012-11-14 21:17:28 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
|
|
|
|
|
2013-01-07 22:04:52 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
|
|
|
|
|
2013-01-18 12:48:45 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
|
|
|
|
|
2013-02-09 00:16:19 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
|
|
|
|
|
2013-02-11 20:20:05 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
|
|
|
|
|
2013-02-15 02:10:13 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
|
|
|
|
|
2013-02-14 22:19:38 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
|
|
|
|
|
2013-02-21 23:36:01 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
|
|
|
|
|
2013-02-27 22:14:27 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-18 20:49:00 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
|
|
|
|
|
2013-05-17 00:11:08 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
|
|
|
|
|
2013-06-29 01:51:26 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
|
|
|
|
|
2013-07-11 21:09:05 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP,
|
|
|
|
|
2013-08-15 18:51:28 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
|
|
|
|
|
2013-10-09 22:15:21 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
|
|
|
|
|
2013-10-07 23:41:05 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
|
|
|
|
|
2013-11-09 20:57:54 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
|
|
|
|
|
2013-12-03 16:04:59 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
|
|
|
|
|
2013-11-13 19:37:47 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
|
2013-12-18 20:43:31 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
|
2013-11-13 19:37:47 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2013-12-17 14:01:30 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
|
|
|
|
|
2014-01-15 05:00:47 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
|
|
|
|
|
2014-01-15 05:01:08 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
|
|
|
|
|
2014-02-20 17:52:09 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
|
|
|
|
|
2014-11-13 22:25:14 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
|
2014-03-24 23:57:27 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2014-05-09 18:11:44 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
|
2014-05-09 18:11:46 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
|
2014-05-09 18:11:44 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2014-06-11 21:18:21 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
|
|
|
|
|
2014-09-03 19:25:01 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
|
|
|
|
|
2014-09-05 04:57:40 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
|
|
|
|
|
2014-09-10 02:55:35 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
|
|
|
|
|
2014-09-10 18:07:34 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
|
|
|
|
|
2014-11-19 17:54:26 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
|
|
|
|
|
2014-06-13 02:39:05 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
|
|
|
|
|
2014-12-16 00:26:01 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
|
|
|
|
|
2008-06-10 19:04:14 +07:00
|
|
|
/* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
|
|
|
|
|
2007-09-21 00:09:35 +07:00
|
|
|
__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
|
2014-09-17 15:55:28 +07:00
|
|
|
NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
|
2007-09-21 00:09:35 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2009-08-07 21:17:38 +07:00
|
|
|
/* source-level API compatibility */
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
|
2010-12-17 08:37:48 +07:00
|
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
|
2014-11-13 22:25:14 +07:00
|
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
|
2009-08-07 21:17:38 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2008-08-25 15:58:58 +07:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
|
|
|
|
* here
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2009-07-02 02:26:54 +07:00
|
|
|
#define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
|
2008-08-25 15:58:58 +07:00
|
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
|
2008-10-30 21:59:22 +07:00
|
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
|
2008-10-30 21:59:24 +07:00
|
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
|
2008-11-26 21:15:24 +07:00
|
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
|
2009-01-12 19:24:40 +07:00
|
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
|
2009-01-13 21:03:29 +07:00
|
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
|
2009-03-10 09:07:42 +07:00
|
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
|
nl80211: Event notifications for MLME events
Add new nl80211 event notifications (and a new multicast group, "mlme")
for informing user space about received and processed Authentication,
(Re)Association Response, Deauthentication, and Disassociation frames in
station and IBSS modes (i.e., MLME SAP interface primitives
MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm, MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm,
MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm, MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indicate, and
MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication). The event data is encapsulated as the 802.11
management frame since we already have the frame in that format and it
includes all the needed information.
This is the initial step in providing MLME SAP interface for
authentication and association with nl80211. In other words, kernel code
will act as the MLME and a user space application can control it as the
SME.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-03-19 18:39:21 +07:00
|
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
|
2009-03-19 18:39:22 +07:00
|
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
|
2009-07-02 02:26:54 +07:00
|
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
|
2009-07-08 18:29:08 +07:00
|
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
|
cfg80211: rework key operation
This reworks the key operation in cfg80211, and now only
allows, from userspace, configuring keys (via nl80211)
after the connection has been established (in managed
mode), the IBSS been joined (in IBSS mode), at any time
(in AP[_VLAN] modes) or never for all the other modes.
In order to do shared key authentication correctly, it
is now possible to give a WEP key to the AUTH command.
To configure static WEP keys, these are given to the
CONNECT or IBSS_JOIN command directly, for a userspace
SME it is assumed it will configure it properly after
the connection has been established.
Since mac80211 used to check the default key in IBSS
mode to see whether or not the network is protected,
it needs an update in that area, as well as an update
to make use of the WEP key passed to auth() for shared
key authentication.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-08 19:22:54 +07:00
|
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
|
2011-11-06 20:13:33 +07:00
|
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
|
2008-08-25 15:58:58 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2008-06-21 21:02:46 +07:00
|
|
|
#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
|
2012-01-28 23:25:32 +07:00
|
|
|
#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
|
2014-12-17 23:00:44 +07:00
|
|
|
#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 64
|
2008-06-21 21:02:46 +07:00
|
|
|
#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
|
2008-08-25 15:58:58 +07:00
|
|
|
#define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
|
2012-10-11 15:04:52 +07:00
|
|
|
#define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
|
2007-12-19 08:03:34 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2009-07-02 02:26:54 +07:00
|
|
|
#define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
|
|
|
|
|
2012-06-01 17:50:54 +07:00
|
|
|
#define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
|
|
|
|
|
2012-06-22 01:09:54 +07:00
|
|
|
/* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
|
|
|
|
|
2012-07-13 06:17:33 +07:00
|
|
|
#define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
|
|
|
|
|
2007-04-24 02:20:05 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
|
2007-09-21 00:09:35 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2007-04-24 02:20:05 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
|
2011-05-13 15:58:57 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
|
|
|
|
* are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
|
|
|
|
* AP type interface.
|
2007-04-24 02:20:05 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
|
2008-02-23 21:17:06 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
|
2010-09-16 19:58:22 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
|
2012-06-16 05:19:54 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
|
|
|
|
* and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
|
|
|
|
* commands to create and destroy one
|
2014-11-03 16:33:18 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
|
|
|
|
* This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
|
2007-09-21 00:09:35 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
|
2010-08-12 20:38:38 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
|
2007-04-24 02:20:05 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2007-09-21 00:09:35 +07:00
|
|
|
* These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
|
2007-04-24 02:20:05 +07:00
|
|
|
* to set the type of an interface.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_iftype {
|
|
|
|
NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
|
2008-02-23 21:17:06 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
|
2010-09-16 19:58:22 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
|
2012-06-16 05:19:54 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
|
2014-11-03 16:33:18 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
|
2007-04-24 02:20:05 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
2010-08-12 20:38:38 +07:00
|
|
|
NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
|
2007-04-24 02:20:05 +07:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-19 08:03:34 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
|
|
|
|
* assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
|
|
|
|
*
|
2010-08-18 22:44:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
|
2007-12-19 08:03:34 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
|
|
|
|
* with short barker preamble
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
|
2009-01-08 18:31:59 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
|
2011-04-08 05:08:30 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
|
2011-12-14 18:20:27 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
|
|
|
|
* only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
|
|
|
|
* flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
|
|
|
|
* attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
|
|
|
|
* as errors.)
|
nl80211/mac80211: support full station state in AP mode
Today, stations are added already associated. That is
inefficient if, for example, the driver has no room
for stations any more because then the station will
go through the entire auth/assoc handshake, only to
be kicked out afterwards.
To address this a bit better, at least with drivers
using the new station state callback, allow hostapd
to add stations in unauthenticated mode, just after
receiving the AUTH frame, before even replying. Thus
if there's no more space at that point, it can send
a negative auth frame back. It still needs to handle
later state transition errors though, of course.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-26 22:53:44 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
|
|
|
|
* that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
|
|
|
|
* previously added station into associated state
|
2010-08-18 22:44:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
|
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
|
2007-12-19 08:03:34 +07:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_sta_flags {
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
|
2009-01-08 18:31:59 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
|
2011-04-08 05:08:30 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
|
2011-09-28 18:12:53 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
|
nl80211/mac80211: support full station state in AP mode
Today, stations are added already associated. That is
inefficient if, for example, the driver has no room
for stations any more because then the station will
go through the entire auth/assoc handshake, only to
be kicked out afterwards.
To address this a bit better, at least with drivers
using the new station state callback, allow hostapd
to add stations in unauthenticated mode, just after
receiving the AUTH frame, before even replying. Thus
if there's no more space at that point, it can send
a negative auth frame back. It still needs to handle
later state transition errors though, of course.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-26 22:53:44 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
|
2007-12-19 08:03:34 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2012-05-11 01:14:43 +07:00
|
|
|
#define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
|
|
|
|
|
2009-05-12 01:57:56 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
|
|
|
|
* @mask: mask of station flags to set
|
|
|
|
* @set: which values to set them to
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
|
|
|
|
__u32 mask;
|
|
|
|
__u32 set;
|
|
|
|
} __attribute__((packed));
|
|
|
|
|
2008-12-12 04:04:19 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
|
|
|
|
* when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
|
2012-07-05 18:25:49 +07:00
|
|
|
* There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
|
|
|
|
* a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
|
|
|
|
* If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
|
|
|
|
* with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
|
|
|
|
* (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
|
|
|
|
* User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
|
|
|
|
* back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
|
2008-12-12 04:04:19 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
|
2012-11-09 20:56:41 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
|
2008-12-12 04:04:19 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
|
2012-07-05 18:25:49 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
|
2008-12-12 04:04:19 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
|
2012-11-09 20:56:41 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80+80 MHz VHT rate
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
|
2008-12-12 04:04:19 +07:00
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_rate_info {
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
|
2012-07-05 18:25:49 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
|
2012-11-09 20:56:41 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
|
2008-12-12 04:04:19 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2011-03-31 23:25:41 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
|
|
|
|
* when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
|
|
|
|
* (flag)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
|
|
|
|
* (flag)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
|
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-19 08:03:36 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
2008-02-23 21:17:06 +07:00
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
|
2007-12-19 08:03:36 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2008-02-23 21:17:06 +07:00
|
|
|
* These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
|
2007-12-19 08:03:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* when getting information about a station.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2008-02-23 21:17:06 +07:00
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (u32, from this station)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (u32, to this station)
|
2013-02-04 18:53:11 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (u64, from this station)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (u64, to this station)
|
2008-12-12 04:04:19 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
|
2011-03-31 23:25:41 +07:00
|
|
|
* containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
|
2009-02-17 18:24:57 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (u32, from this station)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (u32, to this
|
|
|
|
* station)
|
2010-10-06 16:34:12 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (u32, to this station)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (u32, to this station)
|
2010-12-02 17:12:43 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
|
2011-01-07 04:36:46 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
|
2011-05-14 00:45:43 +07:00
|
|
|
* (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
|
2011-02-28 04:08:00 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
|
|
|
|
* attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
|
2011-03-31 23:25:41 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
|
|
|
|
* containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
|
2011-04-08 22:54:24 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
|
2011-10-13 21:30:39 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
|
2011-12-10 02:01:49 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
|
2012-04-01 01:31:33 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
|
2013-01-07 22:04:52 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
|
|
|
|
* non-peer STA
|
2013-04-22 21:29:30 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
|
|
|
|
* Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
|
|
|
|
* Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
|
2014-05-20 02:53:19 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
|
|
|
|
* 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
|
2011-01-07 04:36:46 +07:00
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
|
2008-02-23 21:17:06 +07:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_sta_info {
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
|
2008-12-12 04:04:19 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
|
2009-02-17 18:24:57 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
|
2010-10-06 16:34:12 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
|
2010-12-02 17:12:43 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
|
2011-02-28 04:08:00 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
|
2011-03-31 23:25:41 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
|
2011-04-08 22:54:24 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
|
2011-10-13 21:30:39 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
|
2011-12-10 02:01:49 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
|
2012-04-01 01:31:33 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
|
2013-01-07 22:04:52 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
|
2013-02-04 18:53:11 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
|
2013-04-22 21:29:30 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
|
2014-05-20 02:53:19 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
|
2008-02-23 21:17:06 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
|
2009-11-10 06:46:55 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
|
2008-02-23 21:17:06 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
|
|
|
|
NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1,
|
2009-11-10 06:46:55 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2,
|
2008-02-23 21:17:06 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4,
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
|
|
|
|
* information about a mesh path.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
|
2010-08-18 22:44:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
|
2008-02-23 21:17:06 +07:00
|
|
|
* &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
|
2010-08-18 22:44:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
|
|
|
|
* currently defind
|
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
|
2007-12-19 08:03:36 +07:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2008-02-23 21:17:06 +07:00
|
|
|
enum nl80211_mpath_info {
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
|
2009-11-10 06:46:55 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
|
2008-02-23 21:17:06 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
|
2007-12-19 08:03:36 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
2008-02-23 21:17:06 +07:00
|
|
|
__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
2007-12-19 08:03:36 +07:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-25 01:38:39 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
|
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
|
|
|
|
* an array of nested frequency attributes
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
|
|
|
|
* an array of nested bitrate attributes
|
2008-10-09 17:20:13 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
|
|
|
|
* defined in 802.11n
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
|
2012-06-22 14:27:46 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
|
|
|
|
* defined in 802.11ac
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
|
2010-08-18 22:44:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
|
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
|
2008-01-25 01:38:39 +07:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_band_attr {
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
|
|
|
|
|
2008-10-09 17:20:13 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
|
|
|
|
|
2012-06-22 14:27:46 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-25 01:38:39 +07:00
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2008-10-09 17:20:13 +07:00
|
|
|
#define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-25 01:38:39 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
|
2010-08-18 22:44:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
|
2008-01-25 01:38:39 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
|
|
|
|
* regulatory domain.
|
2013-10-22 00:22:25 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
|
|
|
|
* are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
|
|
|
|
* requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
|
2008-01-25 01:38:39 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
|
|
|
|
* on this channel in current regulatory domain.
|
2008-11-23 03:00:31 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
|
|
|
|
* (100 * dBm).
|
2013-02-09 00:16:19 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
|
|
|
|
* (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
|
|
|
|
* this channel is in this DFS state.
|
2012-12-12 23:59:39 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
|
|
|
|
* channel as the control channel
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
|
|
|
|
* channel as the control channel
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
|
|
|
|
* as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
|
|
|
|
* this includes 80+80 channels
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
|
|
|
|
* using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
|
|
|
|
* isn't possible
|
2014-02-22 01:46:12 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
|
2014-02-23 14:12:59 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
|
|
|
|
* channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
|
|
|
|
* used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
|
|
|
|
* an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
|
|
|
|
* through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
|
|
|
|
* that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT: GO operation is allowed on this
|
|
|
|
* channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
|
|
|
|
* the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
|
|
|
|
* band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO on a
|
|
|
|
* channel that has the GO_CONCURRENT attribute set can be done when there
|
|
|
|
* is a clear assessment that the device is operating under the guidance of
|
|
|
|
* an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO while the device is also
|
|
|
|
* connected to an AP with DFS and radar detection on the UNII band (it is
|
|
|
|
* up to user-space, i.e., wpa_supplicant to perform the required
|
|
|
|
* verifications)
|
2014-04-15 19:37:55 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
|
|
|
|
* on this channel in current regulatory domain.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
|
|
|
|
* on this channel in current regulatory domain.
|
2010-08-18 22:44:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
|
|
|
|
* currently defined
|
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
|
2014-02-23 14:12:59 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
|
|
|
|
* for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
|
|
|
|
* by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
|
|
|
|
* NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT.
|
2008-01-25 01:38:39 +07:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
|
2013-10-22 00:22:25 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
|
2008-01-25 01:38:39 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
|
2008-11-22 00:01:30 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
|
2013-02-09 00:16:19 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
|
2012-12-12 23:59:39 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
|
2014-02-22 01:46:12 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
|
2014-02-23 14:12:59 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT,
|
2014-04-15 19:37:55 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
|
2008-01-25 01:38:39 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2008-11-22 00:01:30 +07:00
|
|
|
#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
|
2013-10-22 00:22:25 +07:00
|
|
|
#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
|
2008-11-22 00:01:30 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2008-01-25 01:38:39 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
|
2010-08-18 22:44:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
|
2008-01-25 01:38:39 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
|
|
|
|
* in 2.4 GHz band.
|
2010-08-18 22:44:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
|
|
|
|
* currently defined
|
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
|
2008-01-25 01:38:39 +07:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2009-03-10 09:07:41 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
|
|
|
|
* regulatory domain.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
|
|
|
|
* regulatory domain.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
|
|
|
|
* wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
|
|
|
|
* 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
|
2010-10-21 00:18:55 +07:00
|
|
|
* thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
|
|
|
|
* code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
|
2011-03-31 08:57:33 +07:00
|
|
|
* structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
|
2010-10-21 00:18:55 +07:00
|
|
|
* If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
|
|
|
|
* be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
|
2009-03-10 09:07:41 +07:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
|
|
|
|
NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2009-03-10 09:07:42 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
|
|
|
|
* to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
|
|
|
|
* ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
|
|
|
|
* domain.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
|
|
|
|
* driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
|
|
|
|
* and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
|
|
|
|
* them to be applied.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
|
|
|
|
* of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
|
|
|
|
* set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
|
|
|
|
* domain request to be processed.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_reg_type {
|
|
|
|
NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2008-09-10 13:19:48 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
|
2010-08-18 22:44:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
|
2008-09-10 13:19:48 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
|
|
|
|
* considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
|
|
|
|
* &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
|
|
|
|
* rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
|
|
|
|
* band edge.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
|
|
|
|
* in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
|
|
|
|
* band edge.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
|
2014-02-20 19:52:16 +07:00
|
|
|
* frequency range, in KHz.
|
2008-09-10 13:19:48 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
|
|
|
|
* for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
|
|
|
|
* If you don't have one then don't send this.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
|
|
|
|
* a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
|
2014-02-22 01:46:12 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
|
|
|
|
* If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
|
2010-08-18 22:44:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
|
|
|
|
* currently defined
|
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
|
2008-09-10 13:19:48 +07:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
|
|
|
|
|
2014-02-22 01:46:12 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
|
|
|
|
|
2008-09-10 13:19:48 +07:00
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2011-08-31 20:01:48 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
|
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
|
nl80211: fix scheduled scan RSSI matchset attribute confusion
The scheduled scan matchsets were intended to be a list of filters,
with the found BSS having to pass at least one of them to be passed
to the host. When the RSSI attribute was added, however, this was
broken and currently wpa_supplicant adds that attribute in its own
matchset; however, it doesn't intend that to mean that anything
that passes the RSSI filter should be passed to the host, instead
it wants it to mean that everything needs to also have higher RSSI.
This is semantically problematic because we have a list of filters
like [ SSID1, SSID2, SSID3, RSSI ] with no real indication which
one should be OR'ed and which one AND'ed.
To fix this, move the RSSI filter attribute into each matchset. As
we need to stay backward compatible, treat a matchset with only the
RSSI attribute as a "default RSSI filter" for all other matchsets,
but only if there are other matchsets (an RSSI-only matchset by
itself is still desirable.)
To make driver implementation easier, keep a global min_rssi_thold
for the entire request as well. The only affected driver is ath6kl.
I found this when I looked into the code after Raja Mani submitted
a patch fixing the n_match_sets calculation to disregard the RSSI,
but that patch didn't address the semantic issue.
Reported-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-01-24 16:53:53 +07:00
|
|
|
* only report BSS with matching SSID.
|
2012-06-22 01:09:54 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
|
nl80211: fix scheduled scan RSSI matchset attribute confusion
The scheduled scan matchsets were intended to be a list of filters,
with the found BSS having to pass at least one of them to be passed
to the host. When the RSSI attribute was added, however, this was
broken and currently wpa_supplicant adds that attribute in its own
matchset; however, it doesn't intend that to mean that anything
that passes the RSSI filter should be passed to the host, instead
it wants it to mean that everything needs to also have higher RSSI.
This is semantically problematic because we have a list of filters
like [ SSID1, SSID2, SSID3, RSSI ] with no real indication which
one should be OR'ed and which one AND'ed.
To fix this, move the RSSI filter attribute into each matchset. As
we need to stay backward compatible, treat a matchset with only the
RSSI attribute as a "default RSSI filter" for all other matchsets,
but only if there are other matchsets (an RSSI-only matchset by
itself is still desirable.)
To make driver implementation easier, keep a global min_rssi_thold
for the entire request as well. The only affected driver is ath6kl.
I found this when I looked into the code after Raja Mani submitted
a patch fixing the n_match_sets calculation to disregard the RSSI,
but that patch didn't address the semantic issue.
Reported-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-01-24 16:53:53 +07:00
|
|
|
* BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
|
|
|
|
* if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
|
|
|
|
* the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
|
|
|
|
* matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
|
|
|
|
* how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
|
|
|
|
* the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
|
|
|
|
* attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
|
2011-08-31 20:01:48 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
|
|
|
|
* attribute number currently defined
|
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
|
2012-06-13 16:17:11 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
|
2012-06-22 01:09:54 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
|
2011-08-31 20:01:48 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2012-06-13 16:17:11 +07:00
|
|
|
/* only for backward compatibility */
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
|
|
|
|
|
2008-09-10 13:19:48 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
|
2013-10-22 00:22:25 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
|
|
|
|
* this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
|
|
|
|
* beaconing.
|
2014-02-20 19:52:16 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
|
|
|
|
* base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
|
|
|
|
* multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
|
2014-10-23 13:37:33 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT: See &NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
|
2008-09-10 13:19:48 +07:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
|
|
|
|
NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6,
|
2013-10-22 00:22:25 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7,
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8,
|
2014-02-20 19:52:16 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11,
|
2014-10-23 13:37:33 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT = 1<<12,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16,
|
2008-09-10 13:19:48 +07:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2013-10-22 00:22:25 +07:00
|
|
|
#define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
|
2014-10-23 13:37:33 +07:00
|
|
|
#define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
|
|
|
|
NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
|
2013-10-22 00:22:25 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
|
|
|
|
|
2011-10-12 00:59:02 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
|
2012-05-07 16:21:59 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
|
2011-10-12 00:59:02 +07:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
|
|
|
|
NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_DFS_JP = 3,
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2012-07-13 01:49:18 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
|
|
|
|
* assumed if the attribute is not set.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
|
|
|
|
* base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
|
|
|
|
* properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
|
|
|
|
* by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
|
|
|
|
* capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
|
|
|
|
* ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
|
|
|
|
* present has been registered with the wireless core that
|
|
|
|
* has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
|
|
|
|
* supported feature.
|
2014-02-25 21:26:00 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
|
|
|
|
* platform is operating in an indoor environment.
|
2012-07-13 01:49:18 +07:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
|
|
|
|
NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
|
2014-02-25 21:26:00 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2,
|
2012-07-13 01:49:18 +07:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2009-11-11 18:25:40 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
|
|
|
|
* when getting information about a survey.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
|
2010-09-29 22:15:30 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
|
2010-10-09 07:39:29 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
|
|
|
|
* spent on this channel
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
|
|
|
|
* channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
|
|
|
|
* channel was sensed busy
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
|
|
|
|
* receiving data
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
|
|
|
|
* transmitting data
|
2010-08-18 22:44:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
|
|
|
|
* currently defined
|
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
|
2009-11-11 18:25:40 +07:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_survey_info {
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
|
2010-09-29 22:15:30 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
|
2010-10-09 07:39:29 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX,
|
2009-11-11 18:25:40 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2008-02-01 01:48:22 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Monitor configuration flags.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
|
|
|
|
* overrides all other flags.
|
2013-05-28 18:01:52 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
|
|
|
|
* and ACK incoming unicast packets.
|
2008-02-01 01:48:22 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
|
2013-05-28 18:01:52 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
|
2008-02-01 01:48:22 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2013-01-07 22:04:52 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
|
|
|
|
* not known or has not been set yet.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
|
|
|
|
* in Awake state all the time.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
|
|
|
|
* alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
|
|
|
|
* neighbor's beacons.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
|
|
|
|
* alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
|
|
|
|
* for neighbor's beacons.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
|
|
|
|
NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2008-10-22 02:03:48 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
|
|
|
|
*
|
2010-12-17 08:37:49 +07:00
|
|
|
* Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
|
|
|
|
* active.
|
2008-10-22 02:03:48 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
|
2012-06-11 10:59:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
|
2008-10-22 02:03:48 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2011-03-31 08:57:33 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
|
2012-06-11 10:59:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
|
2008-10-22 02:03:48 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
|
2012-06-11 10:59:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* millisecond units
|
2008-10-22 02:03:48 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
|
2012-06-11 10:59:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* on this mesh interface
|
2008-10-22 02:03:48 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
|
2012-06-11 10:59:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
|
|
|
|
* mesh
|
2008-10-22 02:03:48 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
|
2012-06-11 10:59:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* point.
|
2008-10-22 02:03:48 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2013-03-05 04:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
|
|
|
|
* peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
|
|
|
|
* set.
|
2008-10-22 02:03:48 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
|
2012-06-11 10:59:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
|
|
|
|
* target)
|
2008-10-22 02:03:48 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
|
2012-06-11 10:59:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* (in milliseconds)
|
2008-10-22 02:03:48 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
|
2012-06-11 10:59:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
|
2008-10-22 02:03:48 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
|
2012-06-11 10:59:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
|
|
|
|
* the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
|
2008-10-22 02:03:48 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
|
2012-06-11 10:59:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
|
|
|
|
* reference element
|
2008-10-22 02:03:48 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
|
2012-06-11 10:59:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
|
|
|
|
* mesh
|
2008-10-22 02:03:48 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2011-01-07 04:36:46 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
|
2009-11-10 06:46:57 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2010-12-17 08:37:49 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
|
2012-06-11 10:59:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* source mesh point for path selection elements.
|
2010-12-17 08:37:49 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2011-08-10 06:45:10 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
|
2012-06-11 10:59:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* root announcements are transmitted.
|
2011-08-10 06:45:10 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2011-08-10 06:45:11 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
|
2012-06-11 10:59:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
|
|
|
|
* Announcement frames.
|
2011-08-10 06:45:11 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2011-11-25 08:15:24 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
|
2012-06-11 10:59:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
|
|
|
|
* PERR element.
|
2011-11-25 08:15:24 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2012-01-21 00:02:16 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
|
2012-06-11 10:59:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
|
2012-01-21 00:02:16 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2012-02-29 08:04:08 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
|
2012-06-11 10:59:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
|
|
|
|
* a peer link.
|
2008-10-22 02:03:48 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2012-04-01 01:31:33 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
|
2012-06-11 10:59:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
|
|
|
|
* (see 11C.12.2.2)
|
2012-04-01 01:31:33 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2012-05-01 04:20:32 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2012-06-11 10:59:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
|
|
|
|
*
|
2012-06-14 01:06:06 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
|
|
|
|
* which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
|
|
|
|
* information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
|
|
|
|
* proactive PREQs are transmitted.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2012-06-14 01:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
|
|
|
|
* (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
|
|
|
|
* containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2013-01-07 22:04:52 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
|
|
|
|
* type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
|
|
|
|
*
|
2013-06-03 23:53:39 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
|
|
|
|
* established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
|
|
|
|
* remove it from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2008-10-22 02:03:48 +07:00
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
|
2009-11-10 06:46:57 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
|
2010-12-03 15:20:40 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
|
2011-08-10 06:45:10 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
|
2011-08-10 06:45:11 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
|
2011-11-25 08:15:24 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
|
2012-01-21 00:02:16 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
|
2012-02-29 08:04:08 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
|
2012-04-01 01:31:33 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
|
2012-05-01 04:20:32 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
|
2012-06-14 01:06:06 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
|
2012-06-14 01:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
|
2013-01-07 22:04:52 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
|
2013-06-03 23:53:39 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
|
2008-10-22 02:03:48 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-17 08:37:49 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
|
|
|
|
* changed while the mesh is active.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
|
2012-06-11 10:59:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
|
|
|
|
* default HWMP.
|
2010-12-17 08:37:49 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
|
2012-06-11 10:59:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
|
|
|
|
* metric.
|
2010-12-17 08:37:49 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2011-04-08 05:08:27 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
|
2012-06-11 10:59:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
|
|
|
|
* that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
|
|
|
|
* metrics in use.
|
2010-12-17 08:37:49 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2011-04-08 05:08:28 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
|
2012-06-11 10:59:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
|
2010-12-17 08:37:49 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2011-05-04 06:57:07 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
|
2012-06-11 10:59:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
|
|
|
|
* Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
|
|
|
|
* a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
|
|
|
|
* management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
|
|
|
|
* functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
|
|
|
|
* key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
|
|
|
|
* autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
|
|
|
|
* userspace daemon.
|
2012-04-01 01:31:33 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
|
2012-06-11 10:59:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
|
|
|
|
* neighbor offset synchronization
|
|
|
|
*
|
2013-03-05 04:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
|
|
|
|
* implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2013-05-09 01:45:59 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
|
|
|
|
* method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
|
|
|
|
* Default is no authentication method required.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2012-06-11 10:59:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
|
2012-04-01 01:31:33 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
2010-12-17 08:37:49 +07:00
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
|
2011-04-08 05:08:27 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
|
2011-04-08 05:08:28 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
|
2011-05-04 06:57:07 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
|
2012-04-01 01:31:33 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
|
2013-03-05 04:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
|
2013-05-09 01:45:59 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
|
2010-12-17 08:37:49 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2008-10-30 21:59:24 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
|
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
|
2012-03-28 16:04:24 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
|
2008-10-30 21:59:24 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
|
|
|
|
* disabled
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
|
|
|
|
* 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
|
|
|
|
* 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
|
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_txq_attr {
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
|
2012-03-28 16:04:24 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
|
2008-10-30 21:59:24 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2012-03-28 16:04:24 +07:00
|
|
|
enum nl80211_ac {
|
|
|
|
NL80211_AC_VO,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_AC_VI,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_AC_BE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_AC_BK,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_NUM_ACS
|
2008-10-30 21:59:24 +07:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2012-03-28 16:04:24 +07:00
|
|
|
/* backward compat */
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
|
|
|
|
|
2012-11-09 01:20:56 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
|
|
|
|
* below the control channel
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
|
|
|
|
* above the control channel
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2008-12-12 13:27:43 +07:00
|
|
|
enum nl80211_channel_type {
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
|
2008-11-26 21:15:24 +07:00
|
|
|
};
|
2009-02-11 03:25:55 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2012-11-09 05:14:50 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
|
|
|
|
* attribute.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
|
|
|
|
* attribute must be provided as well
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
|
|
|
|
* attribute must be provided as well
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
|
|
|
|
* and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
|
|
|
|
* attribute must be provided as well
|
2013-05-16 18:00:28 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
|
2012-11-09 05:14:50 +07:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_chan_width {
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
|
2013-05-16 18:00:28 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
|
2012-11-09 05:14:50 +07:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2013-07-08 21:55:49 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
|
|
|
|
NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2009-02-11 03:25:55 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
|
2010-08-18 22:44:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
|
2009-02-11 03:25:55 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
|
2014-08-13 01:34:30 +07:00
|
|
|
* (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
|
|
|
|
* from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
|
|
|
|
* that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
|
2009-02-11 03:25:55 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
|
2010-01-06 21:19:24 +07:00
|
|
|
* raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
|
2014-08-13 01:34:30 +07:00
|
|
|
* if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
|
|
|
|
* different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
|
|
|
|
* they are from a Beacon frame.
|
2010-01-06 21:19:24 +07:00
|
|
|
* However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
|
|
|
|
* IEs may be from either frame subtype.
|
2014-08-13 01:34:30 +07:00
|
|
|
* If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
|
|
|
|
* data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
|
2009-02-11 03:25:55 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
|
|
|
|
* in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
|
|
|
|
* in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
|
2009-07-10 23:42:31 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
|
2009-09-24 17:21:01 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
|
2010-01-06 21:19:24 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
|
|
|
|
* elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
|
|
|
|
* yet been received
|
2013-07-08 21:55:49 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
|
|
|
|
* (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
|
2014-08-13 01:34:30 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
|
|
|
|
* (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
|
2009-02-11 03:25:55 +07:00
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_bss {
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_BSS_TSF,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
|
2009-07-10 23:42:31 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
|
2009-09-24 17:21:01 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
|
2010-01-06 21:19:24 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
|
2013-07-08 21:55:49 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
|
2014-08-13 01:34:30 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
|
2009-02-11 03:25:55 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2009-07-10 23:42:31 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
|
2010-08-18 22:44:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
|
2015-01-05 17:16:42 +07:00
|
|
|
* Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
|
|
|
|
* keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
|
|
|
|
* a given BSS.
|
2010-08-18 22:44:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
|
|
|
|
* indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
|
2009-07-10 23:42:31 +07:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_bss_status {
|
|
|
|
NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2009-03-19 18:39:22 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
|
2012-09-30 23:29:39 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
|
2009-07-02 02:26:54 +07:00
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
|
|
|
|
* trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
|
|
|
|
* the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
|
2009-03-19 18:39:22 +07:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_auth_type {
|
|
|
|
NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
|
2012-09-30 23:29:39 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
|
2009-07-02 02:26:54 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
|
2009-03-19 18:39:22 +07:00
|
|
|
};
|
2009-03-28 02:59:49 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
|
2010-10-06 00:39:30 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
|
2009-03-28 02:59:49 +07:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_key_type {
|
|
|
|
NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
|
2010-10-06 00:39:30 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
|
2009-03-28 02:59:49 +07:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2009-05-07 02:09:37 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_mfp {
|
|
|
|
NL80211_MFP_NO,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2009-07-02 02:26:54 +07:00
|
|
|
enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
|
|
|
|
NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-10 01:58:59 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
|
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
|
|
|
|
* unicast key
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
|
|
|
|
* multicast key
|
|
|
|
* @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_key_default_types {
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2009-07-08 18:29:08 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
|
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
|
|
|
|
* 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
|
|
|
|
* keys
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
|
|
|
|
* section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
|
|
|
|
* CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
|
2010-10-06 00:39:30 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
|
|
|
|
* specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
|
|
|
|
* given with the command using the key or not (u32)
|
2010-12-10 01:58:59 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
|
|
|
|
* attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
|
|
|
|
* See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
|
2009-07-08 18:29:08 +07:00
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_key_attributes {
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_KEY_DATA,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_KEY_IDX,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
|
2010-10-06 00:39:30 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
|
2010-12-10 01:58:59 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
|
2009-07-08 18:29:08 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2009-12-29 17:59:45 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
|
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
|
|
|
|
* in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
|
|
|
|
* 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
|
2013-12-05 16:02:15 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
|
2012-01-28 23:25:32 +07:00
|
|
|
* in an array of MCS numbers.
|
2013-12-06 02:42:58 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
|
|
|
|
* see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
|
2014-01-08 14:46:02 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
|
2009-12-29 17:59:45 +07:00
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
|
2013-12-05 16:02:15 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
|
2013-12-06 02:42:58 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
|
2014-01-08 14:46:02 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
|
2009-12-29 17:59:45 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2013-12-05 16:02:15 +07:00
|
|
|
#define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
|
2013-12-06 02:42:58 +07:00
|
|
|
#define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
|
|
|
|
* @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
|
|
|
|
__u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
|
|
|
|
};
|
2013-12-05 16:02:15 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2014-01-08 14:46:02 +07:00
|
|
|
enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
|
|
|
|
NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2009-12-29 17:59:45 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
|
2010-08-18 22:44:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
|
2012-07-02 13:32:32 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 64.80 GHz)
|
2009-12-29 17:59:45 +07:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_band {
|
|
|
|
NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
|
2012-07-02 13:32:32 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
|
2009-12-29 17:59:45 +07:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2012-06-13 16:17:14 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
|
|
|
|
*/
|
nl80211: add power save commands
The most needed command from nl80211, which Wireless Extensions had,
is support for power save mode. Add a simple command to make it possible
to enable and disable power save via nl80211.
I was also planning about extending the interface, for example adding the
timeout value, but after thinking more about this I decided not to do it.
Basically there were three reasons:
Firstly, the parameters for power save are very much hardware dependent.
Trying to find a unified interface which would work with all hardware, and
still make sense to users, will be very difficult.
Secondly, IEEE 802.11 power save implementation in Linux is still in state
of flux. We have a long way to still to go and there is no way to predict
what kind of implementation we will have after few years. And because we
need to support nl80211 interface a long time, practically forever, adding
now parameters to nl80211 might create maintenance problems later on.
Third issue are the users. Power save parameters are mostly used for
debugging, so debugfs is better, more flexible, interface for this.
For example, wpa_supplicant currently doesn't configure anything related
to power save mode. It's better to strive that kernel can automatically
optimise the power save parameters, like with help of pm qos network
and other traffic parameters.
Later on, when we have better understanding of power save, we can extend
this command with more features, if there's a need for that.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-17 22:58:10 +07:00
|
|
|
enum nl80211_ps_state {
|
|
|
|
NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2010-03-23 14:02:33 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
|
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
|
2010-03-24 15:11:14 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
|
|
|
|
* the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
|
|
|
|
* to disable.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
|
|
|
|
* the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
|
|
|
|
* new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
|
2010-03-23 14:02:33 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
|
2010-11-24 14:10:05 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
|
|
|
|
* consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
|
2012-07-13 06:17:33 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
|
|
|
|
* during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
|
|
|
|
* checked.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
|
|
|
|
* interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
|
2014-11-26 18:42:02 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
|
|
|
|
* loss event
|
2010-03-23 14:02:33 +07:00
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
|
2010-11-24 14:10:05 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
|
2012-07-13 06:17:33 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
|
2014-11-26 18:42:02 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
|
2010-03-23 14:02:33 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
|
2010-08-18 22:44:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
|
2010-03-23 14:02:33 +07:00
|
|
|
* configured threshold
|
2010-08-18 22:44:36 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
|
2010-03-23 14:02:33 +07:00
|
|
|
* configured threshold
|
2014-11-26 18:42:02 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
|
2010-03-23 14:02:33 +07:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
|
2012-05-15 18:50:58 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
|
2010-03-23 14:02:33 +07:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2010-06-23 16:12:37 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
|
|
|
|
NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-04 20:37:28 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
2013-06-26 09:03:56 +07:00
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
|
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
|
2011-05-04 20:37:28 +07:00
|
|
|
* a zero bit are ignored
|
2013-06-26 09:03:56 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
|
2011-05-04 20:37:28 +07:00
|
|
|
* a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
|
|
|
|
* to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
|
|
|
|
* in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
|
|
|
|
* corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
|
|
|
|
* For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
|
|
|
|
* xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
|
2013-02-12 14:56:40 +07:00
|
|
|
* twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
|
2011-05-04 20:37:28 +07:00
|
|
|
* Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
|
|
|
|
* 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
|
|
|
|
* first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
|
2013-06-26 09:03:56 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
|
2013-02-13 03:16:26 +07:00
|
|
|
* these fixed number of bytes of received packet
|
2013-06-26 09:03:56 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
|
|
|
|
* @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
|
2011-05-04 20:37:28 +07:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-26 09:03:56 +07:00
|
|
|
enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
|
|
|
|
MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
|
2011-05-04 20:37:28 +07:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2013-06-26 09:03:56 +07:00
|
|
|
* struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
|
2011-05-04 20:37:28 +07:00
|
|
|
* @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
|
|
|
|
* @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
|
|
|
|
* @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
|
2013-02-13 03:16:26 +07:00
|
|
|
* @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
|
2011-05-04 20:37:28 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
|
2013-06-29 01:51:26 +07:00
|
|
|
* that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
|
|
|
|
* by the kernel to userspace.
|
2011-05-04 20:37:28 +07:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-26 09:03:56 +07:00
|
|
|
struct nl80211_pattern_support {
|
2011-05-04 20:37:28 +07:00
|
|
|
__u32 max_patterns;
|
|
|
|
__u32 min_pattern_len;
|
|
|
|
__u32 max_pattern_len;
|
2013-02-13 03:16:26 +07:00
|
|
|
__u32 max_pkt_offset;
|
2011-05-04 20:37:28 +07:00
|
|
|
} __attribute__((packed));
|
|
|
|
|
2013-06-26 09:03:56 +07:00
|
|
|
/* only for backward compatibility */
|
|
|
|
#define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
|
|
|
|
#define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
|
|
|
|
#define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
|
|
|
|
#define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-04 20:37:28 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
|
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
|
|
|
|
* the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
|
|
|
|
* support for low-power operation already (flag)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
|
|
|
|
* is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
|
|
|
|
* by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
|
|
|
|
* which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
|
|
|
|
* defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
|
2013-02-13 03:16:26 +07:00
|
|
|
* Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
|
|
|
|
* each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
|
|
|
|
* done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
|
|
|
|
* pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
|
2011-05-04 20:37:28 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
|
2013-06-26 09:03:56 +07:00
|
|
|
* carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
|
2013-01-22 18:34:29 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
|
|
|
|
* index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
|
|
|
|
* to the kernel when configuring.
|
2011-07-13 15:48:55 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
|
|
|
|
* used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
|
|
|
|
* by the device (flag)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
|
|
|
|
* done by the device) (flag)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
|
|
|
|
* packet (flag)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
|
|
|
|
* (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
|
2013-01-22 18:34:29 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
|
|
|
|
* the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
|
|
|
|
* may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
|
|
|
|
* attribute contains the original length.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
|
|
|
|
* packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
|
|
|
|
* attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
|
|
|
|
* 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
|
|
|
|
* be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
|
|
|
|
* contains the original length.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
|
|
|
|
* packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
|
|
|
|
* attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
|
2013-01-24 04:57:40 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
|
|
|
|
* "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
|
|
|
|
* containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
|
|
|
|
* the TCP connection.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
|
|
|
|
* wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
|
|
|
|
* TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
|
|
|
|
* the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
|
|
|
|
* service
|
2014-09-17 15:55:28 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
|
|
|
|
* is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
|
|
|
|
* same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
|
|
|
|
* specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval and the
|
|
|
|
* channels to scan) as well as the scan results that will
|
|
|
|
* trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets).
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
|
|
|
|
* containing an array with information about what triggered the
|
|
|
|
* wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
|
|
|
|
* that the information is not available. If more than one
|
|
|
|
* element is present, it means that more than one match
|
|
|
|
* occurred.
|
|
|
|
* Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
|
|
|
|
* one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
|
|
|
|
* these attributes must be present. If
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
|
|
|
|
* frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
|
|
|
|
* channel.
|
2011-05-04 20:37:28 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
|
|
|
|
* @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
|
2013-01-22 18:34:29 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
|
|
|
|
* to report the wakeup reason(s).
|
2011-05-04 20:37:28 +07:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
|
2011-07-13 15:48:55 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
|
2013-01-22 18:34:29 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
|
2013-01-24 04:57:40 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
|
2014-09-17 15:55:28 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
|
2011-05-04 20:37:28 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
|
|
NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
|
|
|
|
MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2013-01-24 04:57:40 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* DOC: TCP connection wakeup
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
|
|
|
|
* packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
|
|
|
|
* configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
|
|
|
|
* service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
|
|
|
|
* packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
|
|
|
|
* The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
|
|
|
|
* number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
|
|
|
|
* optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
|
|
|
|
* with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
|
|
|
|
* client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
|
|
|
|
* (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
|
|
|
|
* connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
|
|
|
|
* also woken up.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
|
|
|
|
* response packets might not go through correctly.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
|
|
|
|
* @start: starting value
|
|
|
|
* @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
|
|
|
|
* @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
|
|
|
|
* keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
|
|
|
|
* in little endian.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
|
|
|
|
__u32 start, offset, len;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
|
|
|
|
* @offset: offset of token in packet
|
|
|
|
* @len: length of each token
|
|
|
|
* @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
|
|
|
|
* be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
|
|
|
|
__u32 offset, len;
|
|
|
|
__u8 token_stream[];
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
|
|
|
|
* @min_len: minimum token length
|
|
|
|
* @max_len: maximum token length
|
|
|
|
* @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
|
|
|
|
__u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
|
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
|
|
|
|
* (in network byte order)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
|
|
|
|
* route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
|
|
|
|
* and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
|
|
|
|
* might require ARP querying.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
|
|
|
|
* socket and port will be allocated
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
|
|
|
|
* For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
|
|
|
|
* of the data payload.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
|
|
|
|
* (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
|
|
|
|
* advertising it is just a flag
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
|
|
|
|
* see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
|
|
|
|
* &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
|
|
|
|
* interval in feature advertising (u32)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
|
|
|
|
* u32 attribute holding the maximum length
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
|
2013-06-26 09:03:56 +07:00
|
|
|
* feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
|
2013-01-24 04:57:40 +07:00
|
|
|
* but on the TCP payload only.
|
|
|
|
* @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
|
|
|
|
* @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
|
|
NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
|
|
|
|
MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2013-06-29 01:51:26 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
|
|
|
|
* @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
|
|
|
|
* @pat: packet pattern support information
|
|
|
|
* @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
|
|
|
|
* capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
|
|
|
|
__u32 max_rules;
|
|
|
|
struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
|
|
|
|
__u32 max_delay;
|
|
|
|
} __attribute__((packed));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
|
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
|
|
|
|
* see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
|
|
|
|
* after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
|
|
|
|
* @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
|
|
NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
|
|
|
|
* in a rule are matched.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
|
|
|
|
* in a rule are not matched.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
|
|
|
|
NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-13 15:58:57 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
|
|
|
|
* can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
|
|
|
|
* flag attribute for each interface type in this set
|
|
|
|
* @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
|
|
|
|
* @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
|
|
|
|
NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
|
|
NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
|
|
|
|
MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
|
|
|
|
* for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
|
|
|
|
* interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
|
|
|
|
* apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
|
|
|
|
* in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
|
|
|
|
* beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
|
|
|
|
* infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
|
|
|
|
* the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
|
|
|
|
* different channels may be used within this group.
|
2013-01-08 20:04:07 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
|
|
|
|
* of supported channel widths for radar detection.
|
2014-05-05 16:48:40 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
|
|
|
|
* of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
|
2011-05-13 15:58:57 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
|
|
|
|
* @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Examples:
|
|
|
|
* limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
|
|
|
|
* => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], channels = 1, max = 8
|
|
|
|
* => allows 8 of AP/GO
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
|
|
|
|
* => allows two STAs on different channels
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
|
|
|
|
* => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* The list of these four possiblities could completely be contained
|
|
|
|
* within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
|
|
|
|
* that any of these groups must match.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
|
|
|
|
* a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
|
|
|
|
* be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
|
|
|
|
* interface type, the following group always exists:
|
|
|
|
* numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
|
|
|
|
NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
|
2013-01-08 20:04:07 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
|
2014-05-05 16:48:40 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
|
2011-05-13 15:58:57 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
|
|
NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
|
|
|
|
MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-14 00:45:43 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
|
|
|
|
* state of non existant mesh peer links
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
|
|
|
|
* this mesh peer
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
|
|
|
|
* from this mesh peer
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
|
|
|
|
* received from this mesh peer
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
|
|
|
|
* plink are discarded
|
|
|
|
* @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
|
|
|
|
* @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_plink_state {
|
|
|
|
NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
|
|
NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
|
|
|
|
MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2013-02-15 05:27:01 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
|
|
|
|
* @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum plink_actions {
|
|
|
|
NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011-07-05 21:35:40 +07:00
|
|
|
#define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
|
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
|
|
|
|
* @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
|
|
|
|
* @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_rekey_data {
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
|
|
NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
|
|
|
|
MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2011-08-11 03:53:31 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
|
|
|
|
* Beacon frames)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
|
|
|
|
* in Beacon frames
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
|
|
|
|
* element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
|
|
|
|
NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2011-08-23 18:37:46 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
|
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
|
2011-09-11 13:46:55 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
|
|
|
|
* is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
|
|
|
|
* as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
|
2011-08-23 18:37:46 +07:00
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2011-09-16 22:56:23 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
|
|
|
|
* @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
|
|
|
|
* priority)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
|
|
|
|
* @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
|
|
|
|
* (internal)
|
|
|
|
* @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
|
|
|
|
* (internal)
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
|
|
NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
|
|
|
|
MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2011-09-28 18:12:50 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
|
|
|
|
NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2011-11-07 18:39:33 +07:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
|
|
|
|
* Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
|
|
|
|
* NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2011-11-06 20:13:33 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
|
|
|
|
* TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
|
|
|
|
* socket option.
|
2011-11-30 22:56:32 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
|
2012-03-02 17:20:02 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
|
|
|
|
* the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
|
2012-07-13 01:49:18 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
|
|
|
|
* to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
|
|
|
|
* cellular base stations.
|
2014-05-13 20:45:55 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
|
|
|
|
* here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
|
2012-09-30 23:29:39 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
|
|
|
|
* equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
|
|
|
|
* mode
|
2012-10-12 11:03:32 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
|
2012-10-12 11:03:34 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
|
2012-10-16 13:39:22 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
|
2012-10-24 15:17:18 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
|
2012-11-10 08:51:30 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
|
|
|
|
* OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
|
|
|
|
* for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
|
2012-11-14 21:17:28 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
|
|
|
|
* setting
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
|
|
|
|
* powersave
|
nl80211/mac80211: support full station state in AP mode
Today, stations are added already associated. That is
inefficient if, for example, the driver has no room
for stations any more because then the station will
go through the entire auth/assoc handshake, only to
be kicked out afterwards.
To address this a bit better, at least with drivers
using the new station state callback, allow hostapd
to add stations in unauthenticated mode, just after
receiving the AUTH frame, before even replying. Thus
if there's no more space at that point, it can send
a negative auth frame back. It still needs to handle
later state transition errors though, of course.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-26 22:53:44 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
|
|
|
|
* transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
|
|
|
|
* doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
|
|
|
|
* stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
|
|
|
|
* state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
|
|
|
|
* they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
|
|
|
|
* and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
|
|
|
|
* states using station flags.
|
|
|
|
* Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
|
|
|
|
* stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
|
|
|
|
* stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
|
2012-12-12 23:59:39 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
|
|
|
|
* (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
|
2013-03-05 04:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
|
|
|
|
* Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
|
|
|
|
* beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
|
|
|
|
* still generated by the driver.
|
2013-06-03 23:10:45 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
|
|
|
|
* interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
|
|
|
|
* interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
|
|
|
|
* unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
|
2014-04-28 15:22:08 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
|
|
|
|
* channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
|
|
|
|
* lifetime of a BSS.
|
2014-09-03 19:25:00 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
|
|
|
|
* Set IE to probe requests.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
|
|
|
|
* to probe requests.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
|
|
|
|
* requests sent to it by an AP.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
|
|
|
|
* current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
|
|
|
|
* management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
|
|
|
|
* Measurement Report action frame.
|
2014-09-05 04:57:40 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
|
|
|
|
* estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
|
|
|
|
* to enable dynack.
|
2014-09-10 18:07:34 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
|
|
|
|
* multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
|
|
|
|
* even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
|
|
|
|
* multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
|
|
|
|
* and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
|
|
|
|
* rts/cts handshake.
|
2014-10-22 14:25:06 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
|
|
|
|
* TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
|
|
|
|
* command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
|
|
|
|
* needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
|
2014-10-23 02:23:05 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
|
|
|
|
* the vif's MAC address upon creation.
|
|
|
|
* See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
|
2014-11-09 23:50:14 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
|
|
|
|
* operating as a TDLS peer.
|
2014-06-13 02:39:05 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
|
|
|
|
* random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
|
|
|
|
* address mask/value will be used.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
|
|
|
|
* using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
|
|
|
|
* scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
|
|
|
|
* be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
|
|
|
|
* random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
|
|
|
|
* scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
|
|
|
|
* be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
|
2011-11-06 20:13:33 +07:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_feature_flags {
|
2012-06-16 05:19:54 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3,
|
2014-05-13 20:45:55 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4,
|
2012-09-30 23:29:39 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5,
|
2012-10-12 11:03:32 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6,
|
2012-10-12 11:03:34 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7,
|
2012-10-16 13:39:22 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8,
|
2012-10-24 15:17:18 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9,
|
2012-11-10 08:51:30 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10,
|
2012-11-14 21:17:28 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12,
|
2013-02-14 17:56:13 +07:00
|
|
|
/* bit 13 is reserved */
|
2012-12-12 23:59:39 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14,
|
2013-02-14 17:56:13 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15,
|
2013-03-05 04:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16,
|
2013-05-28 18:01:52 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17,
|
2014-04-28 15:22:08 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18,
|
2014-09-03 19:25:00 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22,
|
2014-09-05 04:57:40 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23,
|
2014-09-10 18:07:34 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25,
|
2014-10-22 14:25:06 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26,
|
2014-10-23 02:23:05 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27,
|
2014-11-09 23:50:14 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28,
|
2014-06-13 02:39:05 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 31,
|
2011-11-06 20:13:33 +07:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2011-11-10 16:28:55 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
|
|
|
|
* protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
|
|
|
|
* To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
|
|
|
|
* Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
|
|
|
|
* protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
|
|
|
|
* supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
|
|
|
|
* to the host.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
|
|
|
|
NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3,
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2012-09-18 18:20:49 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
|
|
|
|
* handled by the AP is reached.
|
2013-01-18 12:48:45 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
|
2012-09-18 18:20:49 +07:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2012-10-12 11:03:31 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
|
|
|
|
* of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
|
|
|
|
* requests.
|
2012-10-12 11:03:32 +07:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
|
2012-10-12 11:03:34 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
|
2012-10-16 13:39:22 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
|
|
|
|
* as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
|
|
|
|
* dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
|
|
|
|
* will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
|
|
|
|
* when really needed
|
2014-06-13 02:39:05 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
|
|
|
|
* for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
|
|
|
|
* flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
|
|
|
|
* the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
|
|
|
|
* randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
|
|
|
|
* locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
|
|
|
|
* This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
|
|
|
|
* the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
|
2012-10-12 11:03:32 +07:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2012-10-12 11:03:31 +07:00
|
|
|
enum nl80211_scan_flags {
|
2012-10-12 11:03:32 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0,
|
2012-10-12 11:03:34 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1,
|
2012-10-16 13:39:22 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2,
|
2014-06-13 02:39:05 +07:00
|
|
|
NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3,
|
2012-10-12 11:03:31 +07:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2013-01-18 12:48:45 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
|
|
|
|
* be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
|
|
|
|
* listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
|
|
|
|
* in ACL to authenticate.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
|
|
|
|
* in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_acl_policy {
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2014-09-10 18:07:34 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
|
|
|
|
* turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_smps_mode {
|
|
|
|
NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2013-02-09 00:16:19 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
|
|
|
|
* about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
|
|
|
|
* now unusable.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
|
|
|
|
* the channel is now available.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
|
|
|
|
* change to the channel status.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
|
|
|
|
* over, channel becomes usable.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_radar_event {
|
|
|
|
NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Channel states used by the DFS code.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2013-10-08 06:27:55 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
|
2013-02-09 00:16:19 +07:00
|
|
|
* check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
|
2013-10-08 06:27:55 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
|
2013-02-09 00:16:19 +07:00
|
|
|
* is therefore marked as not available.
|
2013-10-08 06:27:55 +07:00
|
|
|
* @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
|
2013-02-09 00:16:19 +07:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_dfs_state {
|
|
|
|
NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2013-02-14 22:19:38 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
|
|
|
|
* wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
|
|
|
|
* wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
|
|
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_protocol_features {
|
|
|
|
NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0,
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-18 20:49:00 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
|
|
|
|
* @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
|
|
|
|
/* add other protocols before this one */
|
|
|
|
NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
|
|
|
|
|
2013-08-15 18:51:28 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
|
|
|
|
NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2013-11-13 19:37:47 +07:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
|
|
|
|
* a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
|
|
|
|
* yet, so that's not valid so far)
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
|
|
|
|
* @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
|
|
|
|
* value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
|
|
|
|
* may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
|
|
|
|
* added to this file when needed.
|
|
|
|
* @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
|
|
|
|
__u32 vendor_id;
|
|
|
|
__u32 subcmd;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2014-02-20 17:52:09 +07:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
|
|
|
|
* to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
|
|
|
|
NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2007-04-24 02:20:05 +07:00
|
|
|
#endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */
|